1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
74 #include "dispextern.h"
76 #include "termhooks.h"
84 #include "intervals.h"
90 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
101 extern int xlwmenu_window_p (Widget w
, Window window
);
102 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
107 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
108 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
111 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
113 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
114 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
116 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
118 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
119 #if defined USE_MOTIF
120 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
121 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
122 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
125 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
126 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
127 #define ARROW_SCROLLBAR
128 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ScrollbarP.h>
129 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
130 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
131 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
132 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
134 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
135 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
136 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
137 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
139 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
141 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
142 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
143 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
148 #ifndef XtNinitialState
149 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
153 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
155 #define BETWEEN(X, LOWER, UPPER) ((X) >= (LOWER) && (X) < (UPPER))
158 /* Fringe bitmaps. */
160 enum fringe_bitmap_type
163 LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
,
164 RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
,
165 OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP
,
166 CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP
,
167 CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP
,
171 /* Bitmap drawn to indicate lines not displaying text if
172 `indicate-empty-lines' is non-nil. */
177 static unsigned char zv_bits
[] = {
178 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
179 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
180 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
181 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
182 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
183 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
184 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
185 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00};
187 /* An arrow like this: `<-'. */
190 #define left_height 8
191 static unsigned char left_bits
[] = {
192 0x18, 0x0c, 0x06, 0x3f, 0x3f, 0x06, 0x0c, 0x18};
194 /* Right truncation arrow bitmap `->'. */
196 #define right_width 8
197 #define right_height 8
198 static unsigned char right_bits
[] = {
199 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18};
201 /* Marker for continued lines. */
203 #define continued_width 8
204 #define continued_height 8
205 static unsigned char continued_bits
[] = {
206 0x3c, 0x7c, 0xc0, 0xe4, 0xfc, 0x7c, 0x3c, 0x7c};
208 /* Marker for continuation lines. */
210 #define continuation_width 8
211 #define continuation_height 8
212 static unsigned char continuation_bits
[] = {
213 0x3c, 0x3e, 0x03, 0x27, 0x3f, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x3e};
215 /* Overlay arrow bitmap. */
221 static unsigned char ov_bits
[] = {
222 0x30, 0x08, 0x3c, 0x7e, 0x7a, 0x7a, 0x62, 0x3c};
224 /* A triangular arrow. */
227 static unsigned char ov_bits
[] = {
228 0x03, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x3f, 0x3f, 0x1f, 0x0f, 0x03};
232 extern Lisp_Object Qhelp_echo
;
235 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
237 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
239 /* If a string, XTread_socket generates an event to display that string.
240 (The display is done in read_char.) */
242 static Lisp_Object help_echo
;
243 static Lisp_Object help_echo_window
;
244 static Lisp_Object help_echo_object
;
245 static int help_echo_pos
;
247 /* Temporary variable for XTread_socket. */
249 static Lisp_Object previous_help_echo
;
251 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
254 static int any_help_event_p
;
256 /* Non-zero means autoselect window with the mouse cursor. */
258 int x_autoselect_window_p
;
260 /* Non-zero means draw block and hollow cursor as wide as the glyph
261 under it. For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be
262 drawn as wide as that tab on the display. */
264 int x_stretch_cursor_p
;
266 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
268 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
270 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
273 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
275 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
276 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
277 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
278 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
280 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
282 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
283 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
284 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
285 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
287 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
289 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
291 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
294 /* The application context for Xt use. */
295 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
296 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
297 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
299 /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output.
300 HPOS and VPOS are window relative glyph matrix coordinates.
301 X and Y are window relative pixel coordinates. */
303 struct cursor_pos output_cursor
;
305 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
307 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
311 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
312 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
313 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
314 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
316 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
318 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
319 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
320 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
321 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
322 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
323 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
324 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
325 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
326 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
329 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
331 FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame
;
332 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
333 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
335 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
337 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
338 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
341 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
342 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
345 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
347 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
348 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
349 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
350 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
351 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
352 it's somewhat accurate. */
354 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
356 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
360 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
362 static int input_signal_count
;
365 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
367 static int x_noop_count
;
369 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
371 extern char **initial_argv
;
372 extern int initial_argc
;
374 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
376 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
378 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
380 extern Lisp_Object Qface
, Qmouse_face
;
384 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
386 extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
388 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
390 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
391 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
393 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
395 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
396 extern Lisp_Object x_icon_type
P_ ((struct frame
*));
399 /* Enumeration for overriding/changing the face to use for drawing
400 glyphs in x_draw_glyphs. */
402 enum draw_glyphs_face
412 static int cursor_in_mouse_face_p
P_ ((struct window
*));
413 static int clear_mouse_face
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
414 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
415 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
416 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
417 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
418 static void frame_to_window_pixel_xy
P_ ((struct window
*, int *, int *));
419 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
420 static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
422 static int fast_find_position
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int *, int *,
423 int *, int *, Lisp_Object
));
424 static int fast_find_string_pos
P_ ((struct window
*, int, Lisp_Object
,
425 int *, int *, int *, int *, int));
426 static void set_output_cursor
P_ ((struct cursor_pos
*));
427 static struct glyph
*x_y_to_hpos_vpos
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int,
428 int *, int *, int *, int));
429 static void note_mode_line_highlight
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
430 static void note_mouse_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
431 static void note_tool_bar_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int));
432 static void x_handle_tool_bar_click
P_ ((struct frame
*, XButtonEvent
*));
433 static void show_mouse_face
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
434 enum draw_glyphs_face
));
435 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
436 int x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
437 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((Display
*, int));
438 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
439 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
440 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
441 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
442 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
443 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
444 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
445 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
446 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
447 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
448 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
449 static void x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph
P_ ((struct window
*,
451 enum draw_glyphs_face
));
452 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
453 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
454 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
455 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
456 static void XTcursor_to
P_ ((int, int, int, int));
457 static void x_write_glyphs
P_ ((struct glyph
*, int));
458 static void x_clear_end_of_line
P_ ((int));
459 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
460 static void x_clear_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*));
461 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
462 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
463 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
464 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
465 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
466 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
467 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int));
468 static int x_intersect_rectangles
P_ ((XRectangle
*, XRectangle
*,
470 static void expose_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int));
471 static int expose_window_tree
P_ ((struct window
*, XRectangle
*));
472 static int expose_window
P_ ((struct window
*, XRectangle
*));
473 static void expose_area
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
474 XRectangle
*, enum glyph_row_area
));
475 static int expose_line
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
477 static void x_update_cursor_in_window_tree
P_ ((struct window
*, int));
478 static void x_update_window_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, int));
479 static void x_erase_phys_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*));
480 void x_display_and_set_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int, int, int, int));
481 static void x_draw_fringe_bitmap
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
482 enum fringe_bitmap_type
, int left_p
));
484 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
486 static int x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p
P_ ((struct window
*, XRectangle
*));
487 static void x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
488 static void notice_overwritten_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, enum glyph_row_area
,
489 int, int, int, int));
490 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
491 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
492 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
493 static void x_draw_vertical_border
P_ ((struct window
*));
494 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
495 static INLINE
void take_vertical_position_into_account
P_ ((struct it
*));
496 static void x_produce_stretch_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*));
497 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Window
));
498 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
499 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
500 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
502 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
503 static void x_check_fullscreen_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
505 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
514 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
515 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
516 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
518 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
519 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
524 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
525 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
526 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
527 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
528 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
531 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
534 /***********************************************************************
536 ***********************************************************************/
540 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
541 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
549 struct record event_record
[100];
551 int event_record_index
;
553 record_event (locus
, type
)
557 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
558 event_record_index
= 0;
560 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
561 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
562 event_record_index
++;
569 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
571 struct x_display_info
*
572 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
575 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
577 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
578 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
586 /***********************************************************************
587 Starting and ending an update
588 ***********************************************************************/
590 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
591 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
592 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
593 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
594 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
604 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
605 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
609 x_update_window_begin (w
)
612 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
613 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
616 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
620 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
622 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
623 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
625 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
627 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
628 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
630 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
631 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
632 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
633 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
634 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
635 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
637 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
638 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
639 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
640 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
641 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
642 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
643 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
647 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
648 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
651 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
652 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
661 /* Draw a vertical window border to the right of window W if W doesn't
662 have vertical scroll bars. */
665 x_draw_vertical_border (w
)
668 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
670 /* Redraw borders between horizontally adjacent windows. Don't
671 do it for frames with vertical scroll bars because either the
672 right scroll bar of a window, or the left scroll bar of its
673 neighbor will suffice as a border. */
674 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
675 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
679 window_box_edges (w
, -1, &x0
, &y0
, &x1
, &y1
);
680 x1
+= FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
683 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
684 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x1
, y0
, x1
, y1
);
689 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
691 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
692 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
694 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
695 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
696 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
698 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
699 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
703 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
705 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
707 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
709 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
714 x_display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
716 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
718 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
722 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
723 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
724 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
726 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
727 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
728 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
731 updated_window
= NULL
;
735 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
742 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
743 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
746 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
751 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
752 complete update has been performed. The global variable
753 updated_window is not available here. */
756 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
761 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
763 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
764 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
767 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
768 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
769 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
770 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
771 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
778 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
779 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
780 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
781 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
782 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
783 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
786 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
787 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
789 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
795 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
798 x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w
, desired_row
);
802 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
803 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
804 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
805 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
806 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
807 overhead is very small. */
808 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
809 && desired_row
->full_width_p
810 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
811 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
813 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
816 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
818 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
819 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
820 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
824 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
825 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
826 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
827 f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_width
- width
,
828 y
, width
, height
, False
);
834 /* Draw the bitmap WHICH in one of the left or right fringes of
835 window W. ROW is the glyph row for which to display the bitmap; it
836 determines the vertical position at which the bitmap has to be
840 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, which
, left_p
)
842 struct glyph_row
*row
;
843 enum fringe_bitmap_type which
;
846 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
847 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
848 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
853 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
855 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
857 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
858 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
, 1);
860 /* Convert row to frame coordinates. */
861 y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
865 case NO_FRINGE_BITMAP
:
870 case LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
:
876 case OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP
:
882 case RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
:
888 case CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP
:
889 wd
= continued_width
;
890 h
= continued_height
;
891 bits
= continued_bits
;
894 case CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP
:
895 wd
= continuation_width
;
896 h
= continuation_height
;
897 bits
= continuation_bits
;
902 h
= zv_height
- (y
% zv_period
);
903 bits
= zv_bits
+ (y
% zv_period
);
910 /* Clip bitmap if too high. */
914 /* Set dy to the offset in the row to start drawing the bitmap. */
915 dy
= (row
->height
- h
) / 2;
917 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, FRINGE_FACE_ID
);
918 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f
, face
);
920 /* Clear left fringe if no bitmap to draw or if bitmap doesn't fill
925 if (wd
> FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
))
926 wd
= FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
927 x
= (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0)
929 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
) - wd
) / 2);
930 if (wd
< FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
) || row
->height
> h
)
932 /* If W has a vertical border to its left, don't draw over it. */
933 int border
= ((XFASTINT (w
->left
) > 0
934 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
936 b1
= (window_box_left (w
, -1)
937 - FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
)
939 b2
= (FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
) - border
);
944 if (wd
> FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
))
945 wd
= FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
946 x
= (window_box_right (w
, -1)
947 + (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
) - wd
) / 2);
948 /* Clear right fringe if no bitmap to draw of if bitmap doesn't fill
950 if (wd
< FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
) || row
->height
> h
)
952 b1
= window_box_right (w
, -1);
953 b2
= FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
959 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
961 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
962 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
963 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
964 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
966 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
968 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
970 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
972 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
975 row
->visible_height
);
977 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
980 if (which
!= NO_FRINGE_BITMAP
)
982 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
984 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, wd
, h
,
986 face
->background
, depth
);
987 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0, wd
, h
, x
, y
+ dy
);
988 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
991 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
995 /* Draw fringe bitmaps for glyph row ROW on window W. Call this
996 function with input blocked. */
999 x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w
, row
)
1001 struct glyph_row
*row
;
1003 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
1004 enum fringe_bitmap_type bitmap
;
1006 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked
);
1008 /* If row is completely invisible, because of vscrolling, we
1009 don't have to draw anything. */
1010 if (row
->visible_height
<= 0)
1013 if (FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
) != 0)
1015 /* Decide which bitmap to draw in the left fringe. */
1016 if (row
->overlay_arrow_p
)
1017 bitmap
= OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP
;
1018 else if (row
->truncated_on_left_p
)
1019 bitmap
= LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
;
1020 else if (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row
))
1021 bitmap
= CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP
;
1022 else if (row
->indicate_empty_line_p
)
1023 bitmap
= ZV_LINE_BITMAP
;
1025 bitmap
= NO_FRINGE_BITMAP
;
1027 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, bitmap
, 1);
1030 if (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
) != 0)
1032 /* Decide which bitmap to draw in the right fringe. */
1033 if (row
->truncated_on_right_p
)
1034 bitmap
= RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
;
1035 else if (row
->continued_p
)
1036 bitmap
= CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP
;
1037 else if (row
->indicate_empty_line_p
&& FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
) == 0)
1038 bitmap
= ZV_LINE_BITMAP
;
1040 bitmap
= NO_FRINGE_BITMAP
;
1042 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, bitmap
, 0);
1048 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
1049 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
1050 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
1054 XTset_terminal_modes ()
1058 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
1059 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
1062 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
1068 /***********************************************************************
1070 ***********************************************************************/
1072 /* Set the global variable output_cursor to CURSOR. All cursor
1073 positions are relative to updated_window. */
1076 set_output_cursor (cursor
)
1077 struct cursor_pos
*cursor
;
1079 output_cursor
.hpos
= cursor
->hpos
;
1080 output_cursor
.vpos
= cursor
->vpos
;
1081 output_cursor
.x
= cursor
->x
;
1082 output_cursor
.y
= cursor
->y
;
1086 /* Set a nominal cursor position.
1088 HPOS and VPOS are column/row positions in a window glyph matrix. X
1089 and Y are window text area relative pixel positions.
1091 If this is done during an update, updated_window will contain the
1092 window that is being updated and the position is the future output
1093 cursor position for that window. If updated_window is null, use
1094 selected_window and display the cursor at the given position. */
1097 XTcursor_to (vpos
, hpos
, y
, x
)
1098 int vpos
, hpos
, y
, x
;
1102 /* If updated_window is not set, work on selected_window. */
1106 w
= XWINDOW (selected_window
);
1108 /* Set the output cursor. */
1109 output_cursor
.hpos
= hpos
;
1110 output_cursor
.vpos
= vpos
;
1111 output_cursor
.x
= x
;
1112 output_cursor
.y
= y
;
1114 /* If not called as part of an update, really display the cursor.
1115 This will also set the cursor position of W. */
1116 if (updated_window
== NULL
)
1119 x_display_cursor (w
, 1, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
);
1120 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (SELECTED_FRAME ()));
1127 /***********************************************************************
1129 ***********************************************************************/
1131 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
1133 static struct face
*x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding
P_ ((struct frame
*,
1137 static struct face
*x_get_char_face_and_encoding
P_ ((struct frame
*, int,
1138 int, XChar2b
*, int));
1139 static XCharStruct
*x_per_char_metric
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, XChar2b
*));
1140 static void x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*));
1141 static void x_append_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*));
1142 static void x_append_composite_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*));
1143 static void x_append_stretch_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*it
, Lisp_Object
,
1145 static void x_produce_glyphs
P_ ((struct it
*));
1146 static void x_produce_image_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*it
));
1149 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
1150 is not contained in the font. */
1152 static INLINE XCharStruct
*
1153 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
)
1157 /* The result metric information. */
1158 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
1160 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
1162 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
1164 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
1166 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
1167 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
1168 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
1169 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
1170 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
1171 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
1172 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
1173 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
1174 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
1175 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
1179 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
1180 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
1181 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
1182 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
1184 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
1185 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
1189 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
1190 / = integer division
1191 \ = integer modulus */
1192 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
1193 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
1194 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
1195 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
1197 pcm
= (font
->per_char
1198 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
1199 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
1200 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
1206 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
1207 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
1208 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
1209 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
1210 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
1211 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
1214 return ((pcm
== NULL
1215 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
1220 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
1221 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
1224 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
)
1227 struct font_info
*font_info
;
1229 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
1230 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
1232 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
1233 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
1235 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
1237 /* It's a program. */
1238 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
1240 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
1242 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
1243 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
1247 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
1248 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
1249 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
1252 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
1254 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
1256 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
1257 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
1259 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
1261 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
1263 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
1264 encoding numbers. */
1265 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
1267 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
1268 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
1269 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
1271 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
1272 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
1277 /* Get face and two-byte form of character C in face FACE_ID on frame
1278 F. The encoding of C is returned in *CHAR2B. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1279 means we want to display multibyte text. Value is a pointer to a
1280 realized face that is ready for display. */
1282 static INLINE
struct face
*
1283 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (f
, c
, face_id
, char2b
, multibyte_p
)
1289 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
1293 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1294 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1297 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (f
, face
, c
);
1298 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
1300 else if (c
< 128 && face_id
< BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL
)
1302 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1308 int c1
, c2
, charset
;
1310 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1311 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1312 SPLIT_CHAR (c
, charset
, c1
, c2
);
1314 char2b
->byte1
= c1
, char2b
->byte2
= c2
;
1316 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= c1
;
1318 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1319 if (face
->font
!= NULL
)
1321 struct font_info
*font_info
1322 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f
, face
->font_info_id
);
1324 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
);
1328 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
1329 xassert (face
!= NULL
);
1330 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f
, face
);
1336 /* Get face and two-byte form of character glyph GLYPH on frame F.
1337 The encoding of GLYPH->u.ch is returned in *CHAR2B. Value is
1338 a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display. */
1340 static INLINE
struct face
*
1341 x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f
, glyph
, char2b
, two_byte_p
)
1343 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1349 xassert (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
);
1350 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, glyph
->face_id
);
1355 if (!glyph
->multibyte_p
)
1357 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1358 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1360 char2b
->byte2
= glyph
->u
.ch
;
1362 else if (glyph
->u
.ch
< 128
1363 && glyph
->face_id
< BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL
)
1365 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1367 char2b
->byte2
= glyph
->u
.ch
;
1371 int c1
, c2
, charset
;
1373 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1374 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1375 SPLIT_CHAR (glyph
->u
.ch
, charset
, c1
, c2
);
1377 char2b
->byte1
= c1
, char2b
->byte2
= c2
;
1379 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= c1
;
1381 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1382 if (charset
!= CHARSET_ASCII
)
1384 struct font_info
*font_info
1385 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f
, face
->font_info_id
);
1388 x_encode_char (glyph
->u
.ch
, char2b
, font_info
);
1391 = ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
1396 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
1397 xassert (face
!= NULL
);
1398 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f
, face
);
1403 /* Store one glyph for IT->char_to_display in IT->glyph_row.
1404 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1410 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1411 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
1413 xassert (it
->glyph_row
);
1414 xassert (it
->char_to_display
!= '\n' && it
->char_to_display
!= '\t');
1416 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1417 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
1419 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
1420 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
1421 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
1422 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
1423 glyph
->type
= CHAR_GLYPH
;
1424 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1425 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
1426 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
1427 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= (it
->phys_ascent
> it
->ascent
1428 || it
->phys_descent
> it
->descent
);
1429 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
1430 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= it
->glyph_not_available_p
;
1431 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
1432 glyph
->u
.ch
= it
->char_to_display
;
1433 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1437 /* Store one glyph for the composition IT->cmp_id in IT->glyph_row.
1438 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1441 x_append_composite_glyph (it
)
1444 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1445 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
1447 xassert (it
->glyph_row
);
1449 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1450 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
1452 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
1453 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
1454 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
1455 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
1456 glyph
->type
= COMPOSITE_GLYPH
;
1457 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1458 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
1459 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
1460 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= (it
->phys_ascent
> it
->ascent
1461 || it
->phys_descent
> it
->descent
);
1462 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
1463 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
1464 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
1465 glyph
->u
.cmp_id
= it
->cmp_id
;
1466 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1471 /* Change IT->ascent and IT->height according to the setting of
1475 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
)
1480 if (it
->voffset
< 0)
1481 /* Increase the ascent so that we can display the text higher
1483 it
->ascent
+= abs (it
->voffset
);
1485 /* Increase the descent so that we can display the text lower
1487 it
->descent
+= it
->voffset
;
1492 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the image IT is loaded with.
1493 See the description of struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for
1494 an overview of struct display_iterator. */
1497 x_produce_image_glyph (it
)
1503 xassert (it
->what
== IT_IMAGE
);
1505 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1506 img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->image_id
);
1509 /* Make sure X resources of the face and image are loaded. */
1510 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it
->f
, face
);
1511 prepare_image_for_display (it
->f
, img
);
1513 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= image_ascent (img
, face
);
1514 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= img
->height
+ 2 * img
->vmargin
- it
->ascent
;
1515 it
->pixel_width
= img
->width
+ 2 * img
->hmargin
;
1519 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
1521 if (face
->box_line_width
> 0)
1523 it
->ascent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1524 it
->descent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1527 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
1528 it
->pixel_width
+= abs (face
->box_line_width
);
1529 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
1530 it
->pixel_width
+= abs (face
->box_line_width
);
1533 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
1537 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1538 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
1540 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1541 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
1543 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
1544 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
1545 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
1546 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
1547 glyph
->type
= IMAGE_GLYPH
;
1548 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1549 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
1550 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
1551 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= 0;
1552 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
1553 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
1554 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
1555 glyph
->u
.img_id
= img
->id
;
1556 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1562 /* Append a stretch glyph to IT->glyph_row. OBJECT is the source
1563 of the glyph, WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height of the
1564 stretch. ASCENT is the percentage/100 of HEIGHT to use for the
1565 ascent of the glyph (0 <= ASCENT <= 1). */
1568 x_append_stretch_glyph (it
, object
, width
, height
, ascent
)
1574 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1575 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
1577 xassert (ascent
>= 0 && ascent
<= 1);
1579 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1580 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
1582 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
1583 glyph
->object
= object
;
1584 glyph
->pixel_width
= width
;
1585 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
1586 glyph
->type
= STRETCH_GLYPH
;
1587 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1588 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
1589 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
1590 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= 0;
1591 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
1592 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
1593 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
1594 glyph
->u
.stretch
.ascent
= height
* ascent
;
1595 glyph
->u
.stretch
.height
= height
;
1596 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1601 /* Produce a stretch glyph for iterator IT. IT->object is the value
1602 of the glyph property displayed. The value must be a list
1603 `(space KEYWORD VALUE ...)' with the following KEYWORD/VALUE pairs
1606 1. `:width WIDTH' specifies that the space should be WIDTH *
1607 canonical char width wide. WIDTH may be an integer or floating
1610 2. `:relative-width FACTOR' specifies that the width of the stretch
1611 should be computed from the width of the first character having the
1612 `glyph' property, and should be FACTOR times that width.
1614 3. `:align-to HPOS' specifies that the space should be wide enough
1615 to reach HPOS, a value in canonical character units.
1617 Exactly one of the above pairs must be present.
1619 4. `:height HEIGHT' specifies that the height of the stretch produced
1620 should be HEIGHT, measured in canonical character units.
1622 5. `:relative-height FACTOR' specifies that the height of the
1623 stretch should be FACTOR times the height of the characters having
1626 Either none or exactly one of 4 or 5 must be present.
1628 6. `:ascent ASCENT' specifies that ASCENT percent of the height
1629 of the stretch should be used for the ascent of the stretch.
1630 ASCENT must be in the range 0 <= ASCENT <= 100. */
1633 ((INTEGERP (X) || FLOATP (X)) \
1639 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it
)
1642 /* (space :width WIDTH :height HEIGHT. */
1644 extern Lisp_Object Qspace
;
1646 extern Lisp_Object QCwidth
, QCheight
, QCascent
;
1647 extern Lisp_Object QCrelative_width
, QCrelative_height
;
1648 extern Lisp_Object QCalign_to
;
1649 Lisp_Object prop
, plist
;
1650 double width
= 0, height
= 0, ascent
= 0;
1651 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1652 XFontStruct
*font
= face
->font
? face
->font
: FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
1654 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it
->f
, face
);
1656 /* List should start with `space'. */
1657 xassert (CONSP (it
->object
) && EQ (XCAR (it
->object
), Qspace
));
1658 plist
= XCDR (it
->object
);
1660 /* Compute the width of the stretch. */
1661 if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCwidth
),
1663 /* Absolute width `:width WIDTH' specified and valid. */
1664 width
= NUMVAL (prop
) * CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
);
1665 else if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCrelative_width
),
1668 /* Relative width `:relative-width FACTOR' specified and valid.
1669 Compute the width of the characters having the `glyph'
1672 unsigned char *p
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
1675 if (it
->multibyte_p
)
1677 int maxlen
= ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) >= GPT
? ZV
: GPT
)
1678 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
1679 it2
.c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (p
, maxlen
, it2
.len
);
1682 it2
.c
= *p
, it2
.len
= 1;
1684 it2
.glyph_row
= NULL
;
1685 it2
.what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
1686 x_produce_glyphs (&it2
);
1687 width
= NUMVAL (prop
) * it2
.pixel_width
;
1689 else if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCalign_to
),
1691 width
= NUMVAL (prop
) * CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
) - it
->current_x
;
1693 /* Nothing specified -> width defaults to canonical char width. */
1694 width
= CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
);
1696 /* Compute height. */
1697 if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCheight
),
1699 height
= NUMVAL (prop
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (it
->f
);
1700 else if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCrelative_height
),
1702 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
) * NUMVAL (prop
);
1704 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
1706 /* Compute percentage of height used for ascent. If
1707 `:ascent ASCENT' is present and valid, use that. Otherwise,
1708 derive the ascent from the font in use. */
1709 if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCascent
),
1710 NUMVAL (prop
) > 0 && NUMVAL (prop
) <= 100)
1711 ascent
= NUMVAL (prop
) / 100.0;
1713 ascent
= (double) font
->ascent
/ FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
1722 Lisp_Object object
= it
->stack
[it
->sp
- 1].string
;
1723 if (!STRINGP (object
))
1724 object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
1725 x_append_stretch_glyph (it
, object
, width
, height
, ascent
);
1728 it
->pixel_width
= width
;
1729 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= height
* ascent
;
1730 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= height
- it
->ascent
;
1733 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
1735 if (face
->box_line_width
> 0)
1737 it
->ascent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1738 it
->descent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1741 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
1742 it
->pixel_width
+= abs (face
->box_line_width
);
1743 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
1744 it
->pixel_width
+= abs (face
->box_line_width
);
1747 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
1750 /* Return proper value to be used as baseline offset of font that has
1751 ASCENT and DESCENT to draw characters by the font at the vertical
1752 center of the line of frame F.
1754 Here, out task is to find the value of BOFF in the following figure;
1756 -------------------------+-----------+-
1757 -+-+---------+-+ | |
1759 | | | | F_ASCENT F_HEIGHT
1762 | | |-|-+------+-----------|------- baseline
1764 | |---------|-+-+ | |
1766 -+-+---------+-+ F_DESCENT |
1767 -------------------------+-----------+-
1769 -BOFF + DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 = F_DESCENT
1770 BOFF = DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 - F_DESCENT
1771 DESCENT = FONT->descent
1772 HEIGHT = FONT_HEIGHT (FONT)
1773 F_DESCENT = (F->output_data.x->font->descent
1774 - F->output_data.x->baseline_offset)
1775 F_HEIGHT = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (F)
1778 #define VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET(FONT, F) \
1780 + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) - FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)) \
1781 + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) > FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)))) / 2 \
1782 - ((F)->output_data.x->font->descent - (F)->output_data.x->baseline_offset))
1784 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the display element IT is
1785 loaded with. See the description of struct display_iterator in
1786 dispextern.h for an overview of struct display_iterator. */
1789 x_produce_glyphs (it
)
1792 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
1794 if (it
->what
== IT_CHARACTER
)
1798 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1800 int font_not_found_p
;
1801 struct font_info
*font_info
;
1802 int boff
; /* baseline offset */
1803 /* We may change it->multibyte_p upon unibyte<->multibyte
1804 conversion. So, save the current value now and restore it
1807 Note: It seems that we don't have to record multibyte_p in
1808 struct glyph because the character code itself tells if or
1809 not the character is multibyte. Thus, in the future, we must
1810 consider eliminating the field `multibyte_p' in the struct
1812 int saved_multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1814 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte, or the
1816 it
->char_to_display
= it
->c
;
1817 if (!ASCII_BYTE_P (it
->c
))
1819 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
1820 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it
->c
)
1822 || !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table
)))
1824 it
->char_to_display
= unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it
->c
);
1825 it
->multibyte_p
= 1;
1826 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->char_to_display
);
1827 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1829 else if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it
->c
)
1830 && !it
->multibyte_p
)
1832 it
->multibyte_p
= 1;
1833 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->char_to_display
);
1834 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1838 /* Get font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
1839 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, it
->char_to_display
,
1840 it
->face_id
, &char2b
,
1844 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
1845 font_not_found_p
= font
== NULL
;
1846 if (font_not_found_p
)
1848 font
= FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
1849 boff
= it
->f
->output_data
.x
->baseline_offset
;
1854 font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face
->font_info_id
);
1855 boff
= font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1856 if (font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1857 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
1860 if (it
->char_to_display
>= ' '
1861 && (!it
->multibyte_p
|| it
->char_to_display
< 128))
1863 /* Either unibyte or ASCII. */
1868 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
);
1869 it
->ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
1870 it
->descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
1874 it
->phys_ascent
= pcm
->ascent
+ boff
;
1875 it
->phys_descent
= pcm
->descent
- boff
;
1876 it
->pixel_width
= pcm
->width
;
1880 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 1;
1881 it
->phys_ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
1882 it
->phys_descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
1883 it
->pixel_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
1886 /* If this is a space inside a region of text with
1887 `space-width' property, change its width. */
1888 stretched_p
= it
->char_to_display
== ' ' && !NILP (it
->space_width
);
1890 it
->pixel_width
*= XFLOATINT (it
->space_width
);
1892 /* If face has a box, add the box thickness to the character
1893 height. If character has a box line to the left and/or
1894 right, add the box line width to the character's width. */
1895 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
1897 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
1901 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
1902 it
->descent
+= thick
;
1907 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
1908 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
1909 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
1910 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
1913 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
1914 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
1915 if (face
->overline_p
)
1918 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
1920 /* If we have to actually produce glyphs, do it. */
1925 /* Translate a space with a `space-width' property
1926 into a stretch glyph. */
1927 double ascent
= (double) font
->ascent
/ FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
1928 x_append_stretch_glyph (it
, it
->object
, it
->pixel_width
,
1929 it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
, ascent
);
1932 x_append_glyph (it
);
1934 /* If characters with lbearing or rbearing are displayed
1935 in this line, record that fact in a flag of the
1936 glyph row. This is used to optimize X output code. */
1937 if (pcm
&& (pcm
->lbearing
< 0 || pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
))
1938 it
->glyph_row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
= 1;
1941 else if (it
->char_to_display
== '\n')
1943 /* A newline has no width but we need the height of the line. */
1944 it
->pixel_width
= 0;
1946 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
1947 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
1949 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1950 && face
->box_line_width
> 0)
1952 it
->ascent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1953 it
->descent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1956 else if (it
->char_to_display
== '\t')
1958 int tab_width
= it
->tab_width
* CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
);
1959 int x
= it
->current_x
+ it
->continuation_lines_width
;
1960 int next_tab_x
= ((1 + x
+ tab_width
- 1) / tab_width
) * tab_width
;
1962 /* If the distance from the current position to the next tab
1963 stop is less than a canonical character width, use the
1964 tab stop after that. */
1965 if (next_tab_x
- x
< CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
))
1966 next_tab_x
+= tab_width
;
1968 it
->pixel_width
= next_tab_x
- x
;
1970 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
1971 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
1975 double ascent
= (double) it
->ascent
/ (it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
);
1976 x_append_stretch_glyph (it
, it
->object
, it
->pixel_width
,
1977 it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
, ascent
);
1982 /* A multi-byte character. Assume that the display width of the
1983 character is the width of the character multiplied by the
1984 width of the font. */
1986 /* If we found a font, this font should give us the right
1987 metrics. If we didn't find a font, use the frame's
1988 default font and calculate the width of the character
1989 from the charset width; this is what old redisplay code
1991 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
);
1992 if (font_not_found_p
|| !pcm
)
1994 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (it
->char_to_display
);
1996 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 1;
1997 it
->pixel_width
= (FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (it
->f
))
1998 * CHARSET_WIDTH (charset
));
1999 it
->phys_ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
2000 it
->phys_descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
2004 it
->pixel_width
= pcm
->width
;
2005 it
->phys_ascent
= pcm
->ascent
+ boff
;
2006 it
->phys_descent
= pcm
->descent
- boff
;
2008 && (pcm
->lbearing
< 0
2009 || pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
))
2010 it
->glyph_row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
= 1;
2013 it
->ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
2014 it
->descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
2015 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2017 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
2021 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
2022 it
->descent
+= thick
;
2027 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
2028 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2029 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
2030 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2033 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2034 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2035 if (face
->overline_p
)
2038 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
2041 x_append_glyph (it
);
2043 it
->multibyte_p
= saved_multibyte_p
;
2045 else if (it
->what
== IT_COMPOSITION
)
2047 /* Note: A composition is represented as one glyph in the
2048 glyph matrix. There are no padding glyphs. */
2051 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
2053 int font_not_found_p
;
2054 struct font_info
*font_info
;
2055 int boff
; /* baseline offset */
2056 struct composition
*cmp
= composition_table
[it
->cmp_id
];
2058 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte. */
2059 it
->char_to_display
= it
->c
;
2060 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
2061 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it
->c
)
2064 && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table
))))
2066 it
->char_to_display
= unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it
->c
);
2069 /* Get face and font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
2070 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->char_to_display
);
2071 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
2072 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, it
->char_to_display
,
2073 it
->face_id
, &char2b
, it
->multibyte_p
);
2076 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
2077 font_not_found_p
= font
== NULL
;
2078 if (font_not_found_p
)
2080 font
= FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
2081 boff
= it
->f
->output_data
.x
->baseline_offset
;
2086 font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face
->font_info_id
);
2087 boff
= font_info
->baseline_offset
;
2088 if (font_info
->vertical_centering
)
2089 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
2092 /* There are no padding glyphs, so there is only one glyph to
2093 produce for the composition. Important is that pixel_width,
2094 ascent and descent are the values of what is drawn by
2095 draw_glyphs (i.e. the values of the overall glyphs composed). */
2098 /* If we have not yet calculated pixel size data of glyphs of
2099 the composition for the current face font, calculate them
2100 now. Theoretically, we have to check all fonts for the
2101 glyphs, but that requires much time and memory space. So,
2102 here we check only the font of the first glyph. This leads
2103 to incorrect display very rarely, and C-l (recenter) can
2104 correct the display anyway. */
2105 if (cmp
->font
!= (void *) font
)
2107 /* Ascent and descent of the font of the first character of
2108 this composition (adjusted by baseline offset). Ascent
2109 and descent of overall glyphs should not be less than
2110 them respectively. */
2111 int font_ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
2112 int font_descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
2113 /* Bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
2114 int leftmost
, rightmost
, lowest
, highest
;
2115 int i
, width
, ascent
, descent
;
2117 cmp
->font
= (void *) font
;
2119 /* Initialize the bounding box. */
2121 && (pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
)))
2124 ascent
= pcm
->ascent
;
2125 descent
= pcm
->descent
;
2129 width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
2130 ascent
= font
->ascent
;
2131 descent
= font
->descent
;
2135 lowest
= - descent
+ boff
;
2136 highest
= ascent
+ boff
;
2140 && font_info
->default_ascent
2141 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vuse_default_ascent
)
2142 && !NILP (Faref (Vuse_default_ascent
,
2143 make_number (it
->char_to_display
))))
2144 highest
= font_info
->default_ascent
+ boff
;
2146 /* Draw the first glyph at the normal position. It may be
2147 shifted to right later if some other glyphs are drawn at
2149 cmp
->offsets
[0] = 0;
2150 cmp
->offsets
[1] = boff
;
2152 /* Set cmp->offsets for the remaining glyphs. */
2153 for (i
= 1; i
< cmp
->glyph_len
; i
++)
2155 int left
, right
, btm
, top
;
2156 int ch
= COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp
, i
);
2157 int face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, ch
);
2159 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
);
2160 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, ch
, face
->id
, &char2b
,
2165 font
= FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
2166 boff
= it
->f
->output_data
.x
->baseline_offset
;
2172 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face
->font_info_id
);
2173 boff
= font_info
->baseline_offset
;
2174 if (font_info
->vertical_centering
)
2175 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
2179 && (pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
)))
2182 ascent
= pcm
->ascent
;
2183 descent
= pcm
->descent
;
2187 width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
2192 if (cmp
->method
!= COMPOSITION_WITH_RULE_ALTCHARS
)
2194 /* Relative composition with or without
2196 left
= (leftmost
+ rightmost
- width
) / 2;
2197 btm
= - descent
+ boff
;
2198 if (font_info
&& font_info
->relative_compose
2199 && (! CHAR_TABLE_P (Vignore_relative_composition
)
2200 || NILP (Faref (Vignore_relative_composition
,
2201 make_number (ch
)))))
2204 if (- descent
>= font_info
->relative_compose
)
2205 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
2207 else if (ascent
<= 0)
2208 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
2209 btm
= lowest
- 1 - ascent
- descent
;
2214 /* A composition rule is specified by an integer
2215 value that encodes global and new reference
2216 points (GREF and NREF). GREF and NREF are
2217 specified by numbers as below:
2225 ---3---4---5--- baseline
2227 6---7---8 -- descent
2229 int rule
= COMPOSITION_RULE (cmp
, i
);
2230 int gref
, nref
, grefx
, grefy
, nrefx
, nrefy
;
2232 COMPOSITION_DECODE_RULE (rule
, gref
, nref
);
2233 grefx
= gref
% 3, nrefx
= nref
% 3;
2234 grefy
= gref
/ 3, nrefy
= nref
/ 3;
2237 + grefx
* (rightmost
- leftmost
) / 2
2238 - nrefx
* width
/ 2);
2239 btm
= ((grefy
== 0 ? highest
2241 : grefy
== 2 ? lowest
2242 : (highest
+ lowest
) / 2)
2243 - (nrefy
== 0 ? ascent
+ descent
2244 : nrefy
== 1 ? descent
- boff
2246 : (ascent
+ descent
) / 2));
2249 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] = left
;
2250 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2 + 1] = btm
+ descent
;
2252 /* Update the bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
2253 right
= left
+ width
;
2254 top
= btm
+ descent
+ ascent
;
2255 if (left
< leftmost
)
2257 if (right
> rightmost
)
2265 /* If there are glyphs whose x-offsets are negative,
2266 shift all glyphs to the right and make all x-offsets
2270 for (i
= 0; i
< cmp
->glyph_len
; i
++)
2271 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] -= leftmost
;
2272 rightmost
-= leftmost
;
2275 cmp
->pixel_width
= rightmost
;
2276 cmp
->ascent
= highest
;
2277 cmp
->descent
= - lowest
;
2278 if (cmp
->ascent
< font_ascent
)
2279 cmp
->ascent
= font_ascent
;
2280 if (cmp
->descent
< font_descent
)
2281 cmp
->descent
= font_descent
;
2284 it
->pixel_width
= cmp
->pixel_width
;
2285 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= cmp
->ascent
;
2286 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= cmp
->descent
;
2288 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2290 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
2294 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
2295 it
->descent
+= thick
;
2300 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
2301 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2302 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
2303 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2306 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2307 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2308 if (face
->overline_p
)
2311 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
2314 x_append_composite_glyph (it
);
2316 else if (it
->what
== IT_IMAGE
)
2317 x_produce_image_glyph (it
);
2318 else if (it
->what
== IT_STRETCH
)
2319 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it
);
2321 /* Accumulate dimensions. Note: can't assume that it->descent > 0
2322 because this isn't true for images with `:ascent 100'. */
2323 xassert (it
->ascent
>= 0 && it
->descent
>= 0);
2324 if (it
->area
== TEXT_AREA
)
2325 it
->current_x
+= it
->pixel_width
;
2327 it
->descent
+= it
->extra_line_spacing
;
2329 it
->max_ascent
= max (it
->max_ascent
, it
->ascent
);
2330 it
->max_descent
= max (it
->max_descent
, it
->descent
);
2331 it
->max_phys_ascent
= max (it
->max_phys_ascent
, it
->phys_ascent
);
2332 it
->max_phys_descent
= max (it
->max_phys_descent
, it
->phys_descent
);
2336 /* Estimate the pixel height of the mode or top line on frame F.
2337 FACE_ID specifies what line's height to estimate. */
2340 x_estimate_mode_line_height (f
, face_id
)
2342 enum face_id face_id
;
2344 int height
= FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
2346 /* This function is called so early when Emacs starts that the face
2347 cache and mode line face are not yet initialized. */
2348 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
2350 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
2354 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (face
->font
);
2355 if (face
->box_line_width
> 0)
2356 height
+= 2 * face
->box_line_width
;
2364 /***********************************************************************
2366 ***********************************************************************/
2368 /* A sequence of glyphs to be drawn in the same face.
2370 This data structure is not really completely X specific, so it
2371 could possibly, at least partially, be useful for other systems. It
2372 is currently not part of the external redisplay interface because
2373 it's not clear what other systems will need. */
2377 /* X-origin of the string. */
2380 /* Y-origin and y-position of the base line of this string. */
2383 /* The width of the string, not including a face extension. */
2386 /* The width of the string, including a face extension. */
2387 int background_width
;
2389 /* The height of this string. This is the height of the line this
2390 string is drawn in, and can be different from the height of the
2391 font the string is drawn in. */
2394 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites in front of its x-origin.
2395 This number is zero if the string has an lbearing >= 0; it is
2396 -lbearing, if the string has an lbearing < 0. */
2399 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites past its right-most
2400 nominal x-position, i.e. x + width. Zero if the string's
2401 rbearing is <= its nominal width, rbearing - width otherwise. */
2404 /* The frame on which the glyph string is drawn. */
2407 /* The window on which the glyph string is drawn. */
2410 /* X display and window for convenience. */
2414 /* The glyph row for which this string was built. It determines the
2415 y-origin and height of the string. */
2416 struct glyph_row
*row
;
2418 /* The area within row. */
2419 enum glyph_row_area area
;
2421 /* Characters to be drawn, and number of characters. */
2425 /* A face-override for drawing cursors, mouse face and similar. */
2426 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
2428 /* Face in which this string is to be drawn. */
2431 /* Font in which this string is to be drawn. */
2434 /* Font info for this string. */
2435 struct font_info
*font_info
;
2437 /* Non-null means this string describes (part of) a composition.
2438 All characters from char2b are drawn composed. */
2439 struct composition
*cmp
;
2441 /* Index of this glyph string's first character in the glyph
2442 definition of CMP. If this is zero, this glyph string describes
2443 the first character of a composition. */
2446 /* 1 means this glyph strings face has to be drawn to the right end
2447 of the window's drawing area. */
2448 unsigned extends_to_end_of_line_p
: 1;
2450 /* 1 means the background of this string has been drawn. */
2451 unsigned background_filled_p
: 1;
2453 /* 1 means glyph string must be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
2454 unsigned two_byte_p
: 1;
2456 /* 1 means that the original font determined for drawing this glyph
2457 string could not be loaded. The member `font' has been set to
2458 the frame's default font in this case. */
2459 unsigned font_not_found_p
: 1;
2461 /* 1 means that the face in which this glyph string is drawn has a
2463 unsigned stippled_p
: 1;
2465 /* 1 means only the foreground of this glyph string must be drawn,
2466 and we should use the physical height of the line this glyph
2467 string appears in as clip rect. */
2468 unsigned for_overlaps_p
: 1;
2470 /* The GC to use for drawing this glyph string. */
2473 /* A pointer to the first glyph in the string. This glyph
2474 corresponds to char2b[0]. Needed to draw rectangles if
2475 font_not_found_p is 1. */
2476 struct glyph
*first_glyph
;
2478 /* Image, if any. */
2481 struct glyph_string
*next
, *prev
;
2488 x_dump_glyph_string (s
)
2489 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2491 fprintf (stderr
, "glyph string\n");
2492 fprintf (stderr
, " x, y, w, h = %d, %d, %d, %d\n",
2493 s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->width
, s
->height
);
2494 fprintf (stderr
, " ybase = %d\n", s
->ybase
);
2495 fprintf (stderr
, " hl = %d\n", s
->hl
);
2496 fprintf (stderr
, " left overhang = %d, right = %d\n",
2497 s
->left_overhang
, s
->right_overhang
);
2498 fprintf (stderr
, " nchars = %d\n", s
->nchars
);
2499 fprintf (stderr
, " extends to end of line = %d\n",
2500 s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
);
2501 fprintf (stderr
, " font height = %d\n", FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
));
2502 fprintf (stderr
, " bg width = %d\n", s
->background_width
);
2505 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
2509 static void x_append_glyph_string_lists
P_ ((struct glyph_string
**,
2510 struct glyph_string
**,
2511 struct glyph_string
*,
2512 struct glyph_string
*));
2513 static void x_prepend_glyph_string_lists
P_ ((struct glyph_string
**,
2514 struct glyph_string
**,
2515 struct glyph_string
*,
2516 struct glyph_string
*));
2517 static void x_append_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
**,
2518 struct glyph_string
**,
2519 struct glyph_string
*));
2520 static int x_left_overwritten
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2521 static int x_left_overwriting
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2522 static int x_right_overwritten
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2523 static int x_right_overwriting
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2524 static int x_fill_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int,
2526 static void x_init_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
2527 XChar2b
*, struct window
*,
2529 enum glyph_row_area
, int,
2530 enum draw_glyphs_face
));
2531 static int x_draw_glyphs
P_ ((struct window
*, int , struct glyph_row
*,
2532 enum glyph_row_area
, int, int,
2533 enum draw_glyphs_face
, int));
2534 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2535 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2536 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
2538 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2539 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2540 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2541 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2542 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2543 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2544 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2545 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2546 static void x_get_glyph_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph
*, struct frame
*,
2548 static void x_compute_overhangs_and_x
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int));
2549 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
2550 unsigned long *, double, int));
2551 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
2552 double, int, unsigned long));
2553 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2554 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2555 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2556 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2557 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
2558 static void x_fill_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2559 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
2561 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
2562 int, int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
2563 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
2564 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
2565 static void x_fix_overlapping_area
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
2566 enum glyph_row_area
));
2567 static int x_fill_stretch_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
2569 enum glyph_row_area
, int, int));
2572 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
2576 /* Append the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the list
2577 with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the result. */
2580 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, h
, t
)
2581 struct glyph_string
**head
, **tail
;
2582 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
2596 /* Prepend the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the
2597 list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the
2601 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, h
, t
)
2602 struct glyph_string
**head
, **tail
;
2603 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
2617 /* Append glyph string S to the list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL.
2618 Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the resulting list. */
2621 x_append_glyph_string (head
, tail
, s
)
2622 struct glyph_string
**head
, **tail
;
2623 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2625 s
->next
= s
->prev
= NULL
;
2626 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, s
, s
);
2630 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
2635 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2637 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
2638 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
2639 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
2641 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
2644 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
2648 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
2649 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
2651 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
2652 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
2653 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
2654 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
2655 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
2656 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
2657 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
2659 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
2660 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
2661 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
2663 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
2664 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
2667 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
2668 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
2669 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
2670 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
2672 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
2673 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
2676 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
2677 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2679 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
2684 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
2687 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
2688 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2693 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
2694 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
2695 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
2697 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
2699 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2700 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
2702 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
2703 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
2704 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
2706 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
2707 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
2708 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
2711 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
2716 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
2717 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
2718 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
2719 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
2720 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
2721 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
2723 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
2724 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
2727 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
2728 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2730 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
2733 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
2737 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
2738 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
2739 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
2742 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
2743 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2745 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
2749 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
2750 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
2754 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
2755 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2757 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
2759 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
2761 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
2762 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2764 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
2766 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
2767 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2769 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2771 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
2774 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
2776 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2777 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2779 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2780 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2782 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
2783 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2787 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
2788 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2791 /* GC must have been set. */
2792 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
2796 /* Return in *R the clipping rectangle for glyph string S. */
2799 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, r
)
2800 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2803 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
)
2805 /* Draw full-width. X coordinates are relative to S->w->left. */
2806 int canon_x
= CANON_X_UNIT (s
->f
);
2808 r
->x
= WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (s
->w
) * canon_x
;
2809 r
->width
= XFASTINT (s
->w
->width
) * canon_x
;
2811 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (s
->f
))
2813 int width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s
->f
) * canon_x
;
2814 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (s
->f
))
2818 r
->x
+= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (s
->f
);
2820 /* Unless displaying a mode or menu bar line, which are always
2821 fully visible, clip to the visible part of the row. */
2822 if (s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2823 r
->height
= s
->row
->visible_height
;
2825 r
->height
= s
->height
;
2829 /* This is a text line that may be partially visible. */
2830 r
->x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (s
->w
, s
->area
, 0);
2831 r
->width
= window_box_width (s
->w
, s
->area
);
2832 r
->height
= s
->row
->visible_height
;
2835 /* If S draws overlapping rows, it's sufficient to use the top and
2836 bottom of the window for clipping because this glyph string
2837 intentionally draws over other lines. */
2838 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2840 r
->y
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s
->w
);
2841 r
->height
= window_text_bottom_y (s
->w
) - r
->y
;
2845 /* Don't use S->y for clipping because it doesn't take partially
2846 visible lines into account. For example, it can be negative for
2847 partially visible lines at the top of a window. */
2848 if (!s
->row
->full_width_p
2849 && MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (s
->w
, s
->row
))
2850 r
->y
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s
->w
);
2852 r
->y
= max (0, s
->row
->y
);
2854 /* If drawing a tool-bar window, draw it over the internal border
2855 at the top of the window. */
2856 if (s
->w
== XWINDOW (s
->f
->tool_bar_window
))
2857 r
->y
-= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->internal_border_width
;
2860 r
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s
->w
, r
->y
);
2864 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
2865 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
2868 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
2869 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2872 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2873 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2877 /* Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
2878 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
2881 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
2882 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2885 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2888 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
2889 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
2890 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
2891 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
2892 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
2897 /* Compute overhangs and x-positions for glyph string S and its
2898 predecessors, or successors. X is the starting x-position for S.
2899 BACKWARD_P non-zero means process predecessors. */
2902 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (s
, x
, backward_p
)
2903 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2911 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
2921 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
2930 /* Set *LEFT and *RIGHT to the left and right overhang of GLYPH on
2931 frame F. Overhangs of glyphs other than type CHAR_GLYPH are
2932 assumed to be zero. */
2935 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyph
, f
, left
, right
)
2936 struct glyph
*glyph
;
2942 if (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2946 struct font_info
*font_info
;
2950 face
= x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f
, glyph
, &char2b
, NULL
);
2952 font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f
, face
->font_info_id
);
2954 && (pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
)))
2956 if (pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
)
2957 *right
= pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->width
;
2958 if (pcm
->lbearing
< 0)
2959 *left
= -pcm
->lbearing
;
2965 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
2966 is overwritten by S because of S's left overhang. Value is -1
2967 if no glyphs are overwritten. */
2970 x_left_overwritten (s
)
2971 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2975 if (s
->left_overhang
)
2978 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
2979 int first
= s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
;
2981 for (i
= first
- 1; i
>= 0 && x
> -s
->left_overhang
; --i
)
2982 x
-= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
2993 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
2994 is overwriting S because of its right overhang. Value is -1 if no
2995 glyph in front of S overwrites S. */
2998 x_left_overwriting (s
)
2999 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3002 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
3003 int first
= s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
;
3007 for (i
= first
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
3010 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyphs
+ i
, s
->f
, &left
, &right
);
3013 x
-= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
3020 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that is
3021 not overwritten by S because of S's right overhang. Value is -1 if
3022 no such glyph is found. */
3025 x_right_overwritten (s
)
3026 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3030 if (s
->right_overhang
)
3033 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
3034 int first
= (s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
) + (s
->cmp
? 1 : s
->nchars
);
3035 int end
= s
->row
->used
[s
->area
];
3037 for (i
= first
; i
< end
&& s
->right_overhang
> x
; ++i
)
3038 x
+= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
3047 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that
3048 overwrites S because of its left overhang. Value is negative
3049 if no such glyph is found. */
3052 x_right_overwriting (s
)
3053 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3056 int end
= s
->row
->used
[s
->area
];
3057 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
3058 int first
= (s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
) + (s
->cmp
? 1 : s
->nchars
);
3062 for (i
= first
; i
< end
; ++i
)
3065 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyphs
+ i
, s
->f
, &left
, &right
);
3068 x
+= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
3075 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
3078 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
3079 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3083 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
3084 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
3085 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3086 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3090 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
3091 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
3092 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
3093 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
3094 contains the first component of a composition. */
3097 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
3098 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3101 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
3102 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
3103 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
3105 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
3109 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3110 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3111 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
3112 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
3113 s
->background_width
,
3114 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
3115 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
3116 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
3118 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
3119 || s
->font_not_found_p
3120 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
3123 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
3124 s
->background_width
,
3125 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
3126 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
3132 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
3135 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
3136 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3140 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
3141 of S to the right of that box line. */
3142 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3143 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
3144 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3148 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
3150 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
3152 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
3154 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
3155 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
3156 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
3158 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
3163 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
3164 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
3166 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
3167 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
3169 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
3171 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
3172 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
3174 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
3175 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
3176 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
3177 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
3178 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
3179 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
3180 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
3182 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
3184 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
3185 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
3187 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
3188 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
3193 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
3194 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
3196 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
3197 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
3202 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
3205 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
3206 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3210 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
3211 of S to the right of that box line. */
3212 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3213 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
3214 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3218 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
3219 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
3220 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
3221 this composition. */
3223 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
3224 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
3225 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
3228 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
3229 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
3233 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
3234 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3235 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
3236 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
3242 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3244 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
3245 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
3246 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
3247 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
3248 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
3251 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
3252 cannot be determined. */
3254 static struct frame
*
3255 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
3258 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3262 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
3264 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
3265 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
3266 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
3267 x_any_window_to_frame. */
3268 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
3269 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
3271 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
3272 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
3273 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
3274 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
3275 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
3276 (f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
3277 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
3278 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
3285 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
3286 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
3287 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
3288 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
3291 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
3296 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
3297 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
3301 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
3302 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
3303 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
3304 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
3305 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
3306 Value is non-zero if successful. */
3309 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
3313 unsigned long *pixel
;
3317 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
3318 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
3322 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
3323 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
3325 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
3327 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
3329 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
3334 /* The address of this variable is returned by
3335 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
3337 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
3340 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
3342 DPY is the display we are working on.
3344 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
3345 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
3346 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
3347 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
3349 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
3350 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
3352 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
3353 we allocated the color or not.
3355 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
3358 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
3362 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
3363 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
3373 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
3374 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
3376 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
3380 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
3381 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
3382 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
3384 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
3386 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
3387 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
3389 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
3391 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
3392 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
3394 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
3395 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
3397 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
3398 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
3403 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
3405 params
[0] = color_name
;
3406 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
3407 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
3408 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
3413 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
3415 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
3417 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
3421 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
3425 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
3426 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
3429 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
3434 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
3435 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
3436 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
3438 APP is the application context in which we work.
3440 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
3441 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
3442 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
3444 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
3447 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
3456 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
3458 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
3461 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
3463 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
3464 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
3465 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
3466 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
3467 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
3472 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3475 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
3476 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
3477 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
3478 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
3480 static const XColor
*
3481 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
3485 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
3487 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
3489 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
3492 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
3493 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
3494 dpyinfo
->color_cells
3495 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
3496 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
3498 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
3499 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
3501 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
3502 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
3505 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
3506 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
3510 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
3511 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
3514 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
3519 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
3521 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
3524 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
3526 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
3527 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
3528 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
3529 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
3533 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
3537 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
3538 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
3541 x_query_color (f
, color
)
3545 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
3549 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
3550 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
3551 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
3555 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
3562 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
3565 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
3566 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
3567 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
3568 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
3570 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
3572 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
3574 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
3576 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
3577 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
3578 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
3579 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
3581 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
3584 nearest_delta
= delta
;
3588 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
3589 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
3590 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
3591 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
3595 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
3596 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
3597 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
3598 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
3599 XColor
*cached_color
;
3601 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
3602 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
3603 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
3604 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
3605 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
3607 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
3608 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
3609 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
3613 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
3615 register_color (color
->pixel
);
3616 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
3622 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
3623 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
3624 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
3628 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
3633 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
3634 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
3638 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
3639 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
3640 get color reference counts right. */
3643 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
3645 unsigned long pixel
;
3649 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
3651 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
3652 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
3654 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
3655 register_color (pixel
);
3661 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
3662 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
3663 get color reference counts right. */
3666 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
3669 unsigned long pixel
;
3673 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
3675 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
3676 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
3678 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
3679 register_color (pixel
);
3685 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
3688 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
3689 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
3690 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
3691 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
3692 use an additional additive factor.
3694 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
3695 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
3696 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
3699 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
3700 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
3701 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
3702 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
3703 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
3704 Value is non-zero if successful. */
3707 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
3711 unsigned long *pixel
;
3719 /* Get RGB color values. */
3720 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
3721 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
3723 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
3724 xassert (factor
>= 0);
3725 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
3726 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
3727 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
3729 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
3730 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
3732 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
3733 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
3734 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
3735 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
3736 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
3738 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
3739 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
3740 /* The additive adjustment. */
3741 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
3745 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
3746 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
3747 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
3751 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
3752 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
3753 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
3757 /* Try to allocate the color. */
3758 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
3761 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
3763 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
3764 delta to the RGB values. */
3765 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
3767 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
3768 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
3769 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
3770 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
3781 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
3782 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
3783 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
3784 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
3785 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
3786 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
3789 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
3791 struct relief
*relief
;
3794 unsigned long default_pixel
;
3797 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3798 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
3799 unsigned long pixel
;
3800 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
3801 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
3802 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
3803 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
3805 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
3806 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
3808 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
3809 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
3810 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
3812 && relief
->allocated_p
)
3814 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
3815 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
3818 /* Allocate new color. */
3819 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
3821 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
3822 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
3824 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
3825 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
3828 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
3830 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
3832 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
3835 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
3839 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
3842 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
3843 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3845 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
3846 unsigned long color
;
3848 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
3849 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
3850 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
3852 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
3853 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
3858 /* Get the background color of the face. */
3859 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
3860 color
= xgcv
.background
;
3863 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
3864 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
3866 di
->relief_background
= color
;
3867 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
3868 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
3869 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
3870 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
3875 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
3876 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
3877 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
3878 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
3879 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
3880 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
3884 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
3885 raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
3887 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
3888 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
3890 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
3891 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
3896 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
3898 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
3899 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
3902 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
3903 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
3904 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
3905 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
3909 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
3910 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
3911 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
3913 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
3915 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
3917 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
3918 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
3921 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
3922 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
3923 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
3924 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
3928 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
3929 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
3930 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
3932 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
3936 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
3937 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
3938 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
3939 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
3940 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
3941 rectangle to use when drawing. */
3944 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
3945 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
3946 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3947 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, left_p
, right_p
;
3948 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
3952 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3953 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
3954 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
3957 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3958 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
3962 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3963 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
3966 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3967 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
3971 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3972 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
3974 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3975 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
3979 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
3982 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
3983 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3985 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
3986 int left_p
, right_p
;
3987 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
3988 XRectangle clip_rect
;
3990 last_x
= window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
);
3991 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
3992 && !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
3994 last_x
+= FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (s
->f
);
3995 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (s
->f
))
3996 last_x
+= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s
->f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (s
->f
);
3999 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
4000 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
4002 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
4004 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
4005 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
4007 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
4009 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
4011 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
4013 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
4014 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
4016 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
4017 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
4018 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
4020 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
4022 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
4024 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
4025 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
4026 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
4029 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
4030 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
4031 width
, raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
4036 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
4039 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
4040 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4043 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
4045 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
4046 right of that line. */
4047 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
4048 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
4049 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
4053 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
4055 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
4056 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
4062 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
4063 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
4064 trust on the shape extension to be available
4065 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
4067 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
4070 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
4072 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
4073 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
4074 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
4075 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
4076 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
4078 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
4081 image_rect
.width
= s
->img
->width
;
4082 image_rect
.height
= s
->img
->height
;
4083 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
4084 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
4085 r
.x
- x
, r
.y
- y
, r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
4089 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
4091 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
4094 image_rect
.width
= s
->img
->width
;
4095 image_rect
.height
= s
->img
->height
;
4096 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
4097 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
4098 r
.x
- x
, r
.y
- y
, r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
4100 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
4101 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
4102 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
4103 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
4104 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
4105 nothing here for mouse-face. */
4106 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
4107 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
4108 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
4112 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
4113 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
4114 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
4118 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
4121 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
4122 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4124 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
4127 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
4129 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
4130 right of that line. */
4131 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
4132 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
4133 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
4137 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
4139 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
4140 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
4142 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
4143 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
4145 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
4146 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
4150 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
4151 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
4156 x1
= x
+ s
->img
->width
+ thick
- 1;
4157 y1
= y
+ s
->img
->height
+ thick
- 1;
4159 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
4160 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
4161 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, 1, 1, &r
);
4165 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
4168 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
4169 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4173 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
4175 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
4176 right of that line. */
4177 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
4178 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
4179 x
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
4183 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
4185 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
4186 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
4192 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
4193 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
4194 trust on the shape extension to be available
4195 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
4197 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
4201 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
4202 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
4203 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
4204 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
4205 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
4207 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
4208 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
4209 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
4213 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
4214 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
4216 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
4217 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
4218 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
4219 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
4220 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
4221 nothing here for mouse-face. */
4222 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
4223 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
4224 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
4228 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
4229 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
4230 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
4234 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
4235 give the rectangle to draw. */
4238 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
4239 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4244 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4245 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
4246 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
4247 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
4250 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
4254 /* Draw image glyph string S.
4257 s->x +-------------------------
4260 | +-------------------------
4263 | | +-------------------
4269 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
4270 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4273 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
4274 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
4276 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
4278 height
= s
->height
- 2 * box_line_vwidth
;
4280 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
4281 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
4283 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
4284 if (height
> s
->img
->height
4288 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
4289 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
4291 if (box_line_hwidth
&& s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
4292 x
= s
->x
+ box_line_hwidth
;
4296 y
= s
->y
+ box_line_vwidth
;
4300 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
4301 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
4302 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
4303 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
4304 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
4306 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
4307 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
4308 s
->background_width
,
4311 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
4313 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
4315 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
4318 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4319 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
4320 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
4321 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
4322 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
4327 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
4329 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
4330 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
4331 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
4332 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
4336 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
4338 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
4341 /* Draw the foreground. */
4344 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
4345 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
4346 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
4347 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
4348 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
4351 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
4353 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
4355 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
4356 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
4357 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
4361 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
4364 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
4365 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4367 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
4368 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
4370 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
4371 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
4373 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
4374 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
4375 int width
= min (CANON_X_UNIT (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
4378 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
4380 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
4381 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
4383 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
4384 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
4388 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
4389 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
4391 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
4397 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
4398 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
4400 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
4402 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4403 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
4404 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
4405 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
4410 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
4411 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
4412 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
4413 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
4417 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
4418 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
4421 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
4425 /* Draw glyph string S. */
4428 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
4429 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4431 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
4433 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
4434 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
4435 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
4436 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps_p
)
4438 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
4439 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
4440 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
4441 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
4444 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
4445 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
4447 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
4448 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
4449 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
4450 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
4451 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
4452 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
4455 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
4456 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
4457 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
4458 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
4462 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
4464 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
4467 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
4471 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
4475 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
4476 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
4478 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
4479 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
4482 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
4483 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
4484 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
4486 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
4487 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
4494 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
)
4496 /* Draw underline. */
4497 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
4499 unsigned long tem
, h
;
4502 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
4503 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
4506 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
4507 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
4508 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
4509 specs, and its default is
4511 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
4512 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
4514 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
4515 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
4516 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
4517 else if (s
->face
->font
)
4518 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
4520 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
4522 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
4523 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
4524 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
4528 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
4529 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
4530 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
4531 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
4532 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
4536 /* Draw overline. */
4537 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
4539 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
4541 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
4542 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
4547 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
4548 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
4549 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
4551 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
4555 /* Draw strike-through. */
4556 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
4558 unsigned long h
= 1;
4559 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
4561 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
4562 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
4567 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
4568 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
4569 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
4571 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
4575 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
4576 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
4577 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
4580 /* Reset clipping. */
4581 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
4585 static int x_fill_composite_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
4586 struct face
**, int));
4589 /* Fill glyph string S with composition components specified by S->cmp.
4591 FACES is an array of faces for all components of this composition.
4592 S->gidx is the index of the first component for S.
4593 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
4594 use its physical height for clipping.
4596 Value is the index of a component not in S. */
4599 x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s
, faces
, overlaps_p
)
4600 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4601 struct face
**faces
;
4608 s
->for_overlaps_p
= overlaps_p
;
4610 s
->face
= faces
[s
->gidx
];
4611 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
4612 s
->font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->face
->font_info_id
);
4614 /* For all glyphs of this composition, starting at the offset
4615 S->gidx, until we reach the end of the definition or encounter a
4616 glyph that requires the different face, add it to S. */
4618 for (i
= s
->gidx
+ 1; i
< s
->cmp
->glyph_len
&& faces
[i
] == s
->face
; ++i
)
4621 /* All glyph strings for the same composition has the same width,
4622 i.e. the width set for the first component of the composition. */
4624 s
->width
= s
->first_glyph
->pixel_width
;
4626 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's
4627 default font, but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
4628 the glyph string so that we can draw rectangles for the
4629 characters of the glyph string. */
4630 if (s
->font
== NULL
)
4632 s
->font_not_found_p
= 1;
4633 s
->font
= FRAME_FONT (s
->f
);
4636 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4637 s
->ybase
+= s
->first_glyph
->voffset
;
4639 xassert (s
->face
&& s
->face
->gc
);
4641 /* This glyph string must always be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
4644 return s
->gidx
+ s
->nchars
;
4648 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of character glyphs.
4650 FACE_ID is the face id of the string. START is the index of the
4651 first glyph to consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
4652 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
4653 use its physical height for clipping.
4655 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
4658 x_fill_glyph_string (s
, face_id
, start
, end
, overlaps_p
)
4659 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4661 int start
, end
, overlaps_p
;
4663 struct glyph
*glyph
, *last
;
4665 int glyph_not_available_p
;
4667 xassert (s
->f
== XFRAME (s
->w
->frame
));
4668 xassert (s
->nchars
== 0);
4669 xassert (start
>= 0 && end
> start
);
4671 s
->for_overlaps_p
= overlaps_p
,
4672 glyph
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + start
;
4673 last
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + end
;
4674 voffset
= glyph
->voffset
;
4676 glyph_not_available_p
= glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
;
4679 && glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
4680 && glyph
->voffset
== voffset
4681 /* Same face id implies same font, nowadays. */
4682 && glyph
->face_id
== face_id
4683 && glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
== glyph_not_available_p
)
4687 s
->face
= x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (s
->f
, glyph
,
4688 s
->char2b
+ s
->nchars
,
4690 s
->two_byte_p
= two_byte_p
;
4692 xassert (s
->nchars
<= end
- start
);
4693 s
->width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
4697 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
4698 s
->font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->face
->font_info_id
);
4700 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's font,
4701 but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
4702 S->font_not_found_p so that we can draw rectangles for the
4703 characters of the glyph string. */
4704 if (s
->font
== NULL
|| glyph_not_available_p
)
4706 s
->font_not_found_p
= 1;
4707 s
->font
= FRAME_FONT (s
->f
);
4710 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4711 s
->ybase
+= voffset
;
4713 xassert (s
->face
&& s
->face
->gc
);
4714 return glyph
- s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
4718 /* Fill glyph string S from image glyph S->first_glyph. */
4721 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s
)
4722 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4724 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
);
4725 s
->img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.img_id
);
4727 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->first_glyph
->face_id
);
4728 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
4729 s
->width
= s
->first_glyph
->pixel_width
;
4731 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4732 s
->ybase
+= s
->first_glyph
->voffset
;
4736 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of stretch glyphs.
4738 ROW is the glyph row in which the glyphs are found, AREA is the
4739 area within the row. START is the index of the first glyph to
4740 consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
4742 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
4745 x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s
, row
, area
, start
, end
)
4746 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4747 struct glyph_row
*row
;
4748 enum glyph_row_area area
;
4751 struct glyph
*glyph
, *last
;
4752 int voffset
, face_id
;
4754 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
4756 glyph
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + start
;
4757 last
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + end
;
4758 face_id
= glyph
->face_id
;
4759 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
4760 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
4761 s
->font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->face
->font_info_id
);
4762 s
->width
= glyph
->pixel_width
;
4763 voffset
= glyph
->voffset
;
4767 && glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
4768 && glyph
->voffset
== voffset
4769 && glyph
->face_id
== face_id
);
4771 s
->width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
4773 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4774 s
->ybase
+= voffset
;
4776 /* The case that face->gc == 0 is handled when drawing the glyph
4777 string by calling PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY. */
4779 return glyph
- s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
4783 /* Initialize glyph string S. CHAR2B is a suitably allocated vector
4784 of XChar2b structures for S; it can't be allocated in
4785 x_init_glyph_string because it must be allocated via `alloca'. W
4786 is the window on which S is drawn. ROW and AREA are the glyph row
4787 and area within the row from which S is constructed. START is the
4788 index of the first glyph structure covered by S. HL is a
4789 face-override for drawing S. */
4792 x_init_glyph_string (s
, char2b
, w
, row
, area
, start
, hl
)
4793 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4796 struct glyph_row
*row
;
4797 enum glyph_row_area area
;
4799 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
4801 bzero (s
, sizeof *s
);
4803 s
->f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4804 s
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (s
->f
);
4805 s
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (s
->f
);
4810 s
->first_glyph
= row
->glyphs
[area
] + start
;
4811 s
->height
= row
->height
;
4812 s
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
4814 /* Display the internal border below the tool-bar window. */
4815 if (s
->w
== XWINDOW (s
->f
->tool_bar_window
))
4816 s
->y
-= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->internal_border_width
;
4818 s
->ybase
= s
->y
+ row
->ascent
;
4822 /* Set background width of glyph string S. START is the index of the
4823 first glyph following S. LAST_X is the right-most x-position + 1
4824 in the drawing area. */
4827 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s
, start
, last_x
)
4828 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4832 /* If the face of this glyph string has to be drawn to the end of
4833 the drawing area, set S->extends_to_end_of_line_p. */
4834 struct face
*default_face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
4836 if (start
== s
->row
->used
[s
->area
]
4837 && s
->area
== TEXT_AREA
4838 && ((s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
4839 && (s
->row
->fill_line_p
4840 || s
->face
->background
!= default_face
->background
4841 || s
->face
->stipple
!= default_face
->stipple
4842 || s
->row
->mouse_face_p
))
4843 || s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
4844 || ((s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
|| s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
4845 && s
->row
->fill_line_p
)))
4846 s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
= 1;
4848 /* If S extends its face to the end of the line, set its
4849 background_width to the distance to the right edge of the drawing
4851 if (s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
)
4852 s
->background_width
= last_x
- s
->x
+ 1;
4854 s
->background_width
= s
->width
;
4858 /* Add a glyph string for a stretch glyph to the list of strings
4859 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the stretch glyph in
4860 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4861 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4862 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4863 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4864 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4866 /* SunOS 4 bundled cc, barfed on continuations in the arg lists here
4867 and below -- keep them on one line. */
4868 #define BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
4871 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4872 x_init_glyph_string (s, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4873 START = x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, ROW, AREA, START, END); \
4874 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4880 /* Add a glyph string for an image glyph to the list of strings
4881 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the image glyph in
4882 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4883 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4884 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4885 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4886 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4888 #define BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
4891 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4892 x_init_glyph_string (s, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4893 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s); \
4894 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4901 /* Add a glyph string for a sequence of character glyphs to the list
4902 of strings between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first
4903 glyph in row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new
4904 glyph string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row
4905 area. X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph
4906 string constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it
4907 is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the
4908 right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4910 #define BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4916 c = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.ch; \
4917 face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \
4919 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4920 char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca ((END - START) * sizeof *char2b); \
4921 x_init_glyph_string (s, char2b, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4922 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4924 START = x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, START, END, \
4930 /* Add a glyph string for a composite sequence to the list of strings
4931 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first glyph in
4932 row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new glyph
4933 string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row area.
4934 X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph string
4935 constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it is
4936 DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the right-most
4937 x-position of the drawing area. */
4939 #define BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4941 int cmp_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.cmp_id; \
4942 int face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \
4943 struct face *base_face = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), face_id); \
4944 struct composition *cmp = composition_table[cmp_id]; \
4945 int glyph_len = cmp->glyph_len; \
4947 struct face **faces; \
4948 struct glyph_string *first_s = NULL; \
4951 base_face = base_face->ascii_face; \
4952 char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca ((sizeof *char2b) * glyph_len); \
4953 faces = (struct face **) alloca ((sizeof *faces) * glyph_len); \
4954 /* At first, fill in `char2b' and `faces'. */ \
4955 for (n = 0; n < glyph_len; n++) \
4957 int c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, n); \
4958 int this_face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (XFRAME (w->frame), base_face, c); \
4959 faces[n] = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), this_face_id); \
4960 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (XFRAME (w->frame), c, \
4961 this_face_id, char2b + n, 1); \
4964 /* Make glyph_strings for each glyph sequence that is drawable by \
4965 the same face, and append them to HEAD/TAIL. */ \
4966 for (n = 0; n < cmp->glyph_len;) \
4968 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4969 x_init_glyph_string (s, char2b + n, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4970 x_append_glyph_string (&(HEAD), &(TAIL), s); \
4978 n = x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, OVERLAPS_P); \
4986 /* Build a list of glyph strings between HEAD and TAIL for the glyphs
4987 of AREA of glyph row ROW on window W between indices START and END.
4988 HL overrides the face for drawing glyph strings, e.g. it is
4989 DRAW_CURSOR to draw a cursor. X and LAST_X are start and end
4990 x-positions of the drawing area.
4992 This is an ugly monster macro construct because we must use alloca
4993 to allocate glyph strings (because x_draw_glyphs can be called
4996 #define BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4999 HEAD = TAIL = NULL; \
5000 while (START < END) \
5002 struct glyph *first_glyph = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA] + START; \
5003 switch (first_glyph->type) \
5006 BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, \
5007 TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, \
5011 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: \
5012 BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
5013 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X,\
5017 case STRETCH_GLYPH: \
5018 BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
5019 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
5023 BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, \
5024 TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
5031 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, START, LAST_X); \
5038 /* Draw glyphs between START and END in AREA of ROW on window W,
5039 starting at x-position X. X is relative to AREA in W. HL is a
5040 face-override with the following meaning:
5042 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT draw normally
5043 DRAW_CURSOR draw in cursor face
5044 DRAW_MOUSE_FACE draw in mouse face.
5045 DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO draw in mode line face
5046 DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN draw an image with a sunken relief around it
5047 DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED draw an image with a raised relief around it
5049 If OVERLAPS_P is non-zero, draw only the foreground of characters
5050 and clip to the physical height of ROW.
5052 Value is the x-position reached, relative to AREA of W. */
5055 x_draw_glyphs (w
, x
, row
, area
, start
, end
, hl
, overlaps_p
)
5058 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5059 enum glyph_row_area area
;
5061 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
5064 struct glyph_string
*head
, *tail
;
5065 struct glyph_string
*s
;
5066 int last_x
, area_width
;
5070 /* Let's rather be paranoid than getting a SEGV. */
5071 end
= min (end
, row
->used
[area
]);
5072 start
= max (0, start
);
5073 start
= min (end
, start
);
5075 /* Translate X to frame coordinates. Set last_x to the right
5076 end of the drawing area. */
5077 if (row
->full_width_p
)
5079 /* X is relative to the left edge of W, without scroll bars
5081 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5082 int window_left_x
= WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
5085 area_width
= XFASTINT (w
->width
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
5086 last_x
= window_left_x
+ area_width
;
5088 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5090 int width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
5091 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
5097 x
+= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
5098 last_x
+= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
5102 x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, area
, x
);
5103 area_width
= window_box_width (w
, area
);
5104 last_x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, area
, area_width
);
5107 /* Build a doubly-linked list of glyph_string structures between
5108 head and tail from what we have to draw. Note that the macro
5109 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS will modify its start parameter. That's
5110 the reason we use a separate variable `i'. */
5112 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w
, row
, area
, i
, end
, head
, tail
, hl
, x
, last_x
,
5115 x_reached
= tail
->x
+ tail
->background_width
;
5119 /* If there are any glyphs with lbearing < 0 or rbearing > width in
5120 the row, redraw some glyphs in front or following the glyph
5121 strings built above. */
5122 if (head
&& !overlaps_p
&& row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
)
5125 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
5127 /* Compute overhangs for all glyph strings. */
5128 for (s
= head
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
5129 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
5131 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
5132 string that are overwritten because of the first glyph
5133 string's left overhang. The background of all strings
5134 prepended must be drawn because the first glyph string
5136 i
= x_left_overwritten (head
);
5140 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w
, row
, area
, j
, start
, h
, t
,
5141 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, dummy_x
, last_x
,
5144 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t
, head
->x
, 1);
5145 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
5148 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
5149 string that overwrite that glyph string because of their
5150 right overhang. For these strings, only the foreground must
5151 be drawn, because it draws over the glyph string at `head'.
5152 The background must not be drawn because this would overwrite
5153 right overhangs of preceding glyphs for which no glyph
5155 i
= x_left_overwriting (head
);
5158 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w
, row
, area
, i
, start
, h
, t
,
5159 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, dummy_x
, last_x
,
5161 for (s
= h
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
5162 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
5163 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t
, head
->x
, 1);
5164 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
5167 /* Append glyphs strings for glyphs following the last glyph
5168 string tail that are overwritten by tail. The background of
5169 these strings has to be drawn because tail's foreground draws
5171 i
= x_right_overwritten (tail
);
5174 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w
, row
, area
, end
, i
, h
, t
,
5175 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, x
, last_x
,
5177 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h
, tail
->x
+ tail
->width
, 0);
5178 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
5181 /* Append glyph strings for glyphs following the last glyph
5182 string tail that overwrite tail. The foreground of such
5183 glyphs has to be drawn because it writes into the background
5184 of tail. The background must not be drawn because it could
5185 paint over the foreground of following glyphs. */
5186 i
= x_right_overwriting (tail
);
5189 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w
, row
, area
, end
, i
, h
, t
,
5190 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, x
, last_x
,
5192 for (s
= h
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
5193 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
5194 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h
, tail
->x
+ tail
->width
, 0);
5195 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
5199 /* Draw all strings. */
5200 for (s
= head
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
5201 x_draw_glyph_string (s
);
5203 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
5204 && !row
->full_width_p
5205 /* When drawing overlapping rows, only the glyph strings'
5206 foreground is drawn, which doesn't erase a cursor
5210 int x0
= head
? head
->x
: x
;
5211 int x1
= tail
? tail
->x
+ tail
->background_width
: x
;
5213 x0
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, x0
);
5214 x1
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, x1
);
5216 if (XFASTINT (w
->left_margin_width
) != 0)
5218 int left_area_width
= window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5219 x0
-= left_area_width
;
5220 x1
-= left_area_width
;
5223 notice_overwritten_cursor (w
, area
, x0
, x1
,
5224 row
->y
, MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
));
5227 /* Value is the x-position up to which drawn, relative to AREA of W.
5228 This doesn't include parts drawn because of overhangs. */
5229 x_reached
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, x_reached
);
5230 if (!row
->full_width_p
)
5232 if (area
> LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
&& XFASTINT (w
->left_margin_width
) != 0)
5233 x_reached
-= window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5234 if (area
> TEXT_AREA
)
5235 x_reached
-= window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
);
5242 /* Fix the display of area AREA of overlapping row ROW in window W. */
5245 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
, area
)
5247 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5248 enum glyph_row_area area
;
5254 if (area
== LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5256 else if (area
== TEXT_AREA
)
5257 x
= row
->x
+ window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5259 x
= (window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5260 + window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
));
5262 for (i
= 0; i
< row
->used
[area
];)
5264 if (row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].overlaps_vertically_p
)
5266 int start
= i
, start_x
= x
;
5270 x
+= row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].pixel_width
;
5273 while (i
< row
->used
[area
]
5274 && row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].overlaps_vertically_p
);
5276 x_draw_glyphs (w
, start_x
, row
, area
, start
, i
,
5277 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 1);
5281 x
+= row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].pixel_width
;
5290 /* Output LEN glyphs starting at START at the nominal cursor position.
5291 Advance the nominal cursor over the text. The global variable
5292 updated_window contains the window being updated, updated_row is
5293 the glyph row being updated, and updated_area is the area of that
5294 row being updated. */
5297 x_write_glyphs (start
, len
)
5298 struct glyph
*start
;
5303 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
5308 hpos
= start
- updated_row
->glyphs
[updated_area
];
5309 x
= x_draw_glyphs (updated_window
, output_cursor
.x
,
5310 updated_row
, updated_area
,
5312 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
5316 /* Advance the output cursor. */
5317 output_cursor
.hpos
+= len
;
5318 output_cursor
.x
= x
;
5322 /* Insert LEN glyphs from START at the nominal cursor position. */
5325 x_insert_glyphs (start
, len
)
5326 struct glyph
*start
;
5331 int line_height
, shift_by_width
, shifted_region_width
;
5332 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5333 struct glyph
*glyph
;
5334 int frame_x
, frame_y
, hpos
;
5336 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
5339 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
5341 /* Get the height of the line we are in. */
5343 line_height
= row
->height
;
5345 /* Get the width of the glyphs to insert. */
5347 for (glyph
= start
; glyph
< start
+ len
; ++glyph
)
5348 shift_by_width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
5350 /* Get the width of the region to shift right. */
5351 shifted_region_width
= (window_box_width (w
, updated_area
)
5356 frame_x
= window_box_left (w
, updated_area
) + output_cursor
.x
;
5357 frame_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, output_cursor
.y
);
5358 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5359 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
5361 shifted_region_width
, line_height
,
5362 frame_x
+ shift_by_width
, frame_y
);
5364 /* Write the glyphs. */
5365 hpos
= start
- row
->glyphs
[updated_area
];
5366 x_draw_glyphs (w
, output_cursor
.x
, row
, updated_area
, hpos
, hpos
+ len
,
5367 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
5369 /* Advance the output cursor. */
5370 output_cursor
.hpos
+= len
;
5371 output_cursor
.x
+= shift_by_width
;
5376 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
5387 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
5388 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
5391 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
5398 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
5399 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
5403 /* Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position
5404 (inclusive) to pixel column TO_X (exclusive). The idea is that
5405 everything from TO_X onward is already erased.
5407 TO_X is a pixel position relative to updated_area of
5408 updated_window. TO_X == -1 means clear to the end of this area. */
5411 x_clear_end_of_line (to_x
)
5415 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
5416 int max_x
, min_y
, max_y
;
5417 int from_x
, from_y
, to_y
;
5419 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
5420 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5422 if (updated_row
->full_width_p
)
5424 max_x
= XFASTINT (w
->width
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
5425 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
5426 && !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
5427 max_x
+= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
5430 max_x
= window_box_width (w
, updated_area
);
5431 max_y
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
5433 /* TO_X == 0 means don't do anything. TO_X < 0 means clear to end
5434 of window. For TO_X > 0, truncate to end of drawing area. */
5440 to_x
= min (to_x
, max_x
);
5442 to_y
= min (max_y
, output_cursor
.y
+ updated_row
->height
);
5444 /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */
5445 if (!updated_row
->full_width_p
)
5446 notice_overwritten_cursor (w
, updated_area
,
5447 output_cursor
.x
, -1,
5449 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (updated_row
));
5451 from_x
= output_cursor
.x
;
5453 /* Translate to frame coordinates. */
5454 if (updated_row
->full_width_p
)
5456 from_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, from_x
);
5457 to_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, to_x
);
5461 from_x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, updated_area
, from_x
);
5462 to_x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, updated_area
, to_x
);
5465 min_y
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
5466 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (min_y
, output_cursor
.y
));
5467 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, to_y
);
5469 /* Prevent inadvertently clearing to end of the X window. */
5470 if (to_x
> from_x
&& to_y
> from_y
)
5473 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5474 from_x
, from_y
, to_x
- from_x
, to_y
- from_y
,
5481 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
5482 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
5492 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5494 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
5496 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
5497 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
5498 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
5500 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
5501 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
5503 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
5505 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
5506 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
5507 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
5509 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
5515 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
5517 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
5518 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
5520 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
5523 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
5524 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
5527 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
5528 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
5530 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
5531 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
5532 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
5534 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
5535 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
5539 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
5541 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
5542 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
5546 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
5548 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
5549 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
5551 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
5553 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
5565 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
5566 pixels into background pixels. */
5570 values
.function
= GXxor
;
5571 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
5572 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
5574 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5575 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
5579 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
5580 int height
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_HEIGHT (f
));
5581 /* Height of each line to flash. */
5582 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
5583 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
5584 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
5585 int flash_right
= PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
5589 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
5590 edge it is next to. */
5591 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
5593 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
5594 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5597 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
5598 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5605 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
5607 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
5608 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
5610 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
5612 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
5613 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f
)),
5614 width
, flash_height
);
5615 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
5617 (height
- flash_height
5618 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
5619 width
, flash_height
);
5622 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
5623 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
5624 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
5625 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
5630 struct timeval wakeup
;
5632 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
5634 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
5635 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
5636 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
5637 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
5639 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
5641 while (! detect_input_pending ())
5643 struct timeval current
;
5644 struct timeval timeout
;
5646 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
5648 /* Break if result would be negative. */
5649 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
5652 /* How long `select' should wait. */
5654 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
5656 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
5657 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
5661 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
5662 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
5664 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
5666 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
5667 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f
)),
5668 width
, flash_height
);
5669 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
5671 (height
- flash_height
5672 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
5673 width
, flash_height
);
5676 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
5677 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
5678 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
5679 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
5681 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
5689 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
5692 /* Make audible bell. */
5697 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5699 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
5701 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
5708 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
5709 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
5716 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
5717 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
5718 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
5719 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
5722 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
5725 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
5730 /***********************************************************************
5732 ***********************************************************************/
5734 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
5735 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
5738 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
5745 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
5748 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
5752 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5753 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
5755 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
5756 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
5758 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
5759 width
+= FRAME_X_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
5760 x
-= FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
5762 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
5763 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
5764 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
5768 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
5769 line at the bottom. */
5770 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
5771 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
5773 height
= run
->height
;
5777 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
5779 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
5780 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
5782 height
= run
->height
;
5787 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
5791 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5792 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5793 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
5803 /***********************************************************************
5805 ***********************************************************************/
5807 /* Redisplay an exposed area of frame F. X and Y are the upper-left
5808 corner of the exposed rectangle. W and H are width and height of
5809 the exposed area. All are pixel values. W or H zero means redraw
5810 the entire frame. */
5813 expose_frame (f
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
5818 int mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 0;
5820 TRACE ((stderr
, "expose_frame "));
5822 /* No need to redraw if frame will be redrawn soon. */
5823 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
5825 TRACE ((stderr
, " garbaged\n"));
5829 /* If basic faces haven't been realized yet, there is no point in
5830 trying to redraw anything. This can happen when we get an expose
5831 event while Emacs is starting, e.g. by moving another window. */
5832 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
) == NULL
5833 || FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
)->used
< BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL
)
5835 TRACE ((stderr
, " no faces\n"));
5839 if (w
== 0 || h
== 0)
5842 r
.width
= CANON_X_UNIT (f
) * f
->width
;
5843 r
.height
= CANON_Y_UNIT (f
) * f
->height
;
5853 TRACE ((stderr
, "(%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", r
.x
, r
.y
, r
.width
, r
.height
));
5854 mouse_face_overwritten_p
= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
), &r
);
5856 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
))
5857 mouse_face_overwritten_p
5858 |= expose_window (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
), &r
);
5860 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5861 if (WINDOWP (f
->menu_bar_window
))
5862 mouse_face_overwritten_p
5863 |= expose_window (XWINDOW (f
->menu_bar_window
), &r
);
5864 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5866 /* Some window managers support a focus-follows-mouse style with
5867 delayed raising of frames. Imagine a partially obscured frame,
5868 and moving the mouse into partially obscured mouse-face on that
5869 frame. The visible part of the mouse-face will be highlighted,
5870 then the WM raises the obscured frame. With at least one WM, KDE
5871 2.1, Emacs is not getting any event for the raising of the frame
5872 (even tried with SubstructureRedirectMask), only Expose events.
5873 These expose events will draw text normally, i.e. not
5874 highlighted. Which means we must redo the highlight here.
5875 Subsume it under ``we love X''. --gerd 2001-08-15 */
5876 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
&& !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
5878 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
5879 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
5881 int x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
;
5882 int y
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
;
5883 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
5884 note_mouse_highlight (f
, x
, y
);
5890 /* Redraw (parts) of all windows in the window tree rooted at W that
5891 intersect R. R contains frame pixel coordinates. Value is
5892 non-zero if the exposure overwrites mouse-face. */
5895 expose_window_tree (w
, r
)
5899 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5900 int mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 0;
5902 while (w
&& !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
5904 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
5905 mouse_face_overwritten_p
5906 |= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->hchild
), r
);
5907 else if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
5908 mouse_face_overwritten_p
5909 |= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->vchild
), r
);
5911 mouse_face_overwritten_p
|= expose_window (w
, r
);
5913 w
= NILP (w
->next
) ? NULL
: XWINDOW (w
->next
);
5916 return mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
5920 /* Redraw the part of glyph row area AREA of glyph row ROW on window W
5921 which intersects rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */
5924 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, area
)
5926 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5928 enum glyph_row_area area
;
5930 struct glyph
*first
= row
->glyphs
[area
];
5931 struct glyph
*end
= row
->glyphs
[area
] + row
->used
[area
];
5933 int first_x
, start_x
, x
;
5935 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
&& row
->fill_line_p
)
5936 /* If row extends face to end of line write the whole line. */
5937 x_draw_glyphs (w
, 0, row
, area
, 0, row
->used
[area
],
5938 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
5941 /* Set START_X to the window-relative start position for drawing glyphs of
5942 AREA. The first glyph of the text area can be partially visible.
5943 The first glyphs of other areas cannot. */
5944 if (area
== LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5946 else if (area
== TEXT_AREA
)
5947 start_x
= row
->x
+ window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5949 start_x
= (window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5950 + window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
));
5953 /* Find the first glyph that must be redrawn. */
5955 && x
+ first
->pixel_width
< r
->x
)
5957 x
+= first
->pixel_width
;
5961 /* Find the last one. */
5965 && x
< r
->x
+ r
->width
)
5967 x
+= last
->pixel_width
;
5973 x_draw_glyphs (w
, first_x
- start_x
, row
, area
,
5974 first
- row
->glyphs
[area
],
5975 last
- row
->glyphs
[area
],
5976 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
5981 /* Redraw the parts of the glyph row ROW on window W intersecting
5982 rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. Value is
5983 non-zero if mouse-face was overwritten. */
5986 expose_line (w
, row
, r
)
5988 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5991 xassert (row
->enabled_p
);
5993 if (row
->mode_line_p
|| w
->pseudo_window_p
)
5994 x_draw_glyphs (w
, 0, row
, TEXT_AREA
, 0, row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
],
5995 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
5998 if (row
->used
[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
])
5999 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
6000 if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
6001 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, TEXT_AREA
);
6002 if (row
->used
[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
])
6003 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
);
6004 x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w
, row
);
6007 return row
->mouse_face_p
;
6011 /* Return non-zero if W's cursor intersects rectangle R. */
6014 x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w
, r
)
6018 XRectangle cr
, result
;
6019 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
6021 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
6024 cr
.x
= w
->phys_cursor
.x
;
6025 cr
.y
= w
->phys_cursor
.y
;
6026 cr
.width
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
;
6027 cr
.height
= w
->phys_cursor_height
;
6028 return x_intersect_rectangles (&cr
, r
, &result
);
6035 /* Redraw the part of window W intersection rectangle FR. Pixel
6036 coordinates in FR are frame-relative. Call this function with
6037 input blocked. Value is non-zero if the exposure overwrites
6041 expose_window (w
, fr
)
6045 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6047 int mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 0;
6049 /* If window is not yet fully initialized, do nothing. This can
6050 happen when toolkit scroll bars are used and a window is split.
6051 Reconfiguring the scroll bar will generate an expose for a newly
6053 if (w
->current_matrix
== NULL
)
6056 /* When we're currently updating the window, display and current
6057 matrix usually don't agree. Arrange for a thorough display
6059 if (w
== updated_window
)
6061 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6065 /* Frame-relative pixel rectangle of W. */
6066 wr
.x
= XFASTINT (w
->left
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
6067 wr
.y
= XFASTINT (w
->top
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f
);
6068 wr
.width
= XFASTINT (w
->width
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
6069 wr
.height
= XFASTINT (w
->height
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f
);
6071 if (x_intersect_rectangles (fr
, &wr
, &r
))
6073 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
6074 struct glyph_row
*row
;
6075 int cursor_cleared_p
;
6077 TRACE ((stderr
, "expose_window (%d, %d, %d, %d)\n",
6078 r
.x
, r
.y
, r
.width
, r
.height
));
6080 /* Convert to window coordinates. */
6081 r
.x
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, r
.x
);
6082 r
.y
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
.y
);
6084 /* Turn off the cursor. */
6085 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
6086 && x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w
, &r
))
6089 cursor_cleared_p
= 1;
6092 cursor_cleared_p
= 0;
6094 /* Find the first row intersecting the rectangle R. */
6095 for (row
= w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
6100 int y1
= MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
);
6102 if ((y0
>= r
.y
&& y0
< r
.y
+ r
.height
)
6103 || (y1
> r
.y
&& y1
< r
.y
+ r
.height
)
6104 || (r
.y
>= y0
&& r
.y
< y1
)
6105 || (r
.y
+ r
.height
> y0
&& r
.y
+ r
.height
< y1
))
6107 if (expose_line (w
, row
, &r
))
6108 mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 1;
6115 /* Display the mode line if there is one. */
6116 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
)
6117 && (row
= MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
),
6119 && row
->y
< r
.y
+ r
.height
)
6121 if (expose_line (w
, row
, &r
))
6122 mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 1;
6125 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
6127 /* Draw border between windows. */
6128 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
6130 /* Turn the cursor on again. */
6131 if (cursor_cleared_p
)
6132 x_update_window_cursor (w
, 1);
6136 return mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
6140 /* Determine the intersection of two rectangles R1 and R2. Return
6141 the intersection in *RESULT. Value is non-zero if RESULT is not
6145 x_intersect_rectangles (r1
, r2
, result
)
6146 XRectangle
*r1
, *r2
, *result
;
6148 XRectangle
*left
, *right
;
6149 XRectangle
*upper
, *lower
;
6150 int intersection_p
= 0;
6152 /* Rearrange so that R1 is the left-most rectangle. */
6154 left
= r1
, right
= r2
;
6156 left
= r2
, right
= r1
;
6158 /* X0 of the intersection is right.x0, if this is inside R1,
6159 otherwise there is no intersection. */
6160 if (right
->x
<= left
->x
+ left
->width
)
6162 result
->x
= right
->x
;
6164 /* The right end of the intersection is the minimum of the
6165 the right ends of left and right. */
6166 result
->width
= (min (left
->x
+ left
->width
, right
->x
+ right
->width
)
6169 /* Same game for Y. */
6171 upper
= r1
, lower
= r2
;
6173 upper
= r2
, lower
= r1
;
6175 /* The upper end of the intersection is lower.y0, if this is inside
6176 of upper. Otherwise, there is no intersection. */
6177 if (lower
->y
<= upper
->y
+ upper
->height
)
6179 result
->y
= lower
->y
;
6181 /* The lower end of the intersection is the minimum of the lower
6182 ends of upper and lower. */
6183 result
->height
= (min (lower
->y
+ lower
->height
,
6184 upper
->y
+ upper
->height
)
6190 return intersection_p
;
6201 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
6202 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
6203 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
6204 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
6206 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
6207 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
6209 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
6213 frame_unhighlight (f
)
6216 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
6217 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
6218 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
6219 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
6221 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
6222 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
6224 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
6227 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
6228 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
6229 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
6230 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
6231 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
6234 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
6235 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6236 struct frame
*frame
;
6238 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
6240 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6242 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
6243 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
6244 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
6246 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
6247 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
6250 selected_frame
= frame
;
6251 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
6253 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
);
6254 choose_minibuf_frame ();
6257 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
6258 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
6260 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
6263 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
6266 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
6269 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
6270 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6272 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
6275 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
6276 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
6277 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
6279 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
6280 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
6281 the appropriate X display info. */
6284 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
6285 struct frame
*frame
;
6287 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
6291 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
6292 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6294 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
6296 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6298 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
6299 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
6300 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
6301 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
6302 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
6304 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
6305 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
6309 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
6311 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
6314 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
6315 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
6316 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
6322 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
6324 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
6326 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
6327 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6329 int min_code
, max_code
;
6332 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
6334 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
6335 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
6336 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
6337 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
6338 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
6341 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
6343 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
6344 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
6347 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
6348 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
6350 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
6352 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
6353 Alt keysyms are on. */
6355 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
6357 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
6358 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
6361 = mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
6363 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
6367 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
6371 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
6373 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
6379 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
6384 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
6389 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
6394 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
6398 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
6399 if ((1 << row
) == LockMask
)
6400 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
6408 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
6409 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6411 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
6412 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
6415 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
6416 make them just meta, not alt. */
6417 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6419 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
6422 XFree ((char *) syms
);
6423 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
6426 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
6430 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
6431 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6434 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
6435 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
6436 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
6437 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
6440 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
6441 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
6442 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
6443 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
6444 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
6445 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
6446 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
6447 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
6450 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
6451 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
6452 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
6453 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
6454 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
6455 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
6459 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
6460 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6463 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
6464 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
6465 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
6466 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
6470 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
6471 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
6472 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
6473 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
6474 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
6475 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
6476 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
6477 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
6480 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
6481 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
6482 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
6483 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
6484 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
6485 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
6488 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
6491 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
6497 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
6505 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
6507 /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on frame F, return glyph
6508 co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle that the
6509 glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. If NOCLIP is non-zero, do
6510 not force the value into range. */
6513 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
, x
, y
, bounds
, noclip
)
6515 register int pix_x
, pix_y
;
6516 register int *x
, *y
;
6520 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down
6521 even for negative values. */
6523 pix_x
-= FONT_WIDTH ((f
)->output_data
.x
->font
) - 1;
6525 pix_y
-= (f
)->output_data
.x
->line_height
- 1;
6527 pix_x
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f
, pix_x
);
6528 pix_y
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f
, pix_y
);
6532 bounds
->width
= FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
6533 bounds
->height
= f
->output_data
.x
->line_height
;
6534 bounds
->x
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f
, pix_x
);
6535 bounds
->y
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f
, pix_y
);
6542 else if (pix_x
> FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f
))
6543 pix_x
= FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f
);
6547 else if (pix_y
> f
->height
)
6556 /* Given HPOS/VPOS in the current matrix of W, return corresponding
6557 frame-relative pixel positions in *FRAME_X and *FRAME_Y. If we
6558 can't tell the positions because W's display is not up to date,
6562 glyph_to_pixel_coords (w
, hpos
, vpos
, frame_x
, frame_y
)
6565 int *frame_x
, *frame_y
;
6569 xassert (hpos
>= 0 && hpos
< w
->current_matrix
->matrix_w
);
6570 xassert (vpos
>= 0 && vpos
< w
->current_matrix
->matrix_h
);
6572 if (display_completed
)
6574 struct glyph_row
*row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
6575 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
6576 struct glyph
*end
= glyph
+ min (hpos
, row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]);
6582 *frame_x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
6590 *frame_y
= *frame_x
= 0;
6594 *frame_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, *frame_y
);
6595 *frame_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, *frame_x
);
6600 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
6602 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
6606 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
6607 struct input_event
*result
;
6608 XButtonEvent
*event
;
6611 /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide
6613 result
->kind
= mouse_click
;
6614 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
6615 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
6616 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6618 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
6622 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
6623 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
6624 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6630 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
6631 The input handler calls this.
6633 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
6634 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
6635 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
6636 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
6638 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
6639 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
6642 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
6644 XMotionEvent
*event
;
6646 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
6647 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
6648 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
6650 if (x_autoselect_window_p
)
6654 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
6656 window
= window_from_coordinates (frame
, XINT (event
->x
), XINT (event
->y
), &area
, 0);
6658 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6659 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minubuffer window
6660 will be selected iff it is active. */
6661 if (!EQ (window
, last_window
)
6662 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6663 && (!MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (window
))
6664 || (EQ (window
, minibuf_window
) && minibuf_level
> 0)))
6665 Fselect_window (window
);
6670 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
6672 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
6673 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
6674 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
6677 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
6678 else if (event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
6679 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
6680 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
6681 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
6683 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
6684 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
6685 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
6690 /************************************************************************
6692 ************************************************************************/
6694 /* Find the glyph under window-relative coordinates X/Y in window W.
6695 Consider only glyphs from buffer text, i.e. no glyphs from overlay
6696 strings. Return in *HPOS and *VPOS the row and column number of
6697 the glyph found. Return in *AREA the glyph area containing X.
6698 Value is a pointer to the glyph found or null if X/Y is not on
6699 text, or we can't tell because W's current matrix is not up to
6702 static struct glyph
*
6703 x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, hpos
, vpos
, area
, buffer_only_p
)
6706 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *area
;
6709 struct glyph
*glyph
, *end
;
6710 struct glyph_row
*row
= NULL
;
6711 int x0
, i
, left_area_width
;
6713 /* Find row containing Y. Give up if some row is not enabled. */
6714 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->current_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
6716 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, i
);
6717 if (!row
->enabled_p
)
6719 if (y
>= row
->y
&& y
< MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
))
6726 /* Give up if Y is not in the window. */
6727 if (i
== w
->current_matrix
->nrows
)
6730 /* Get the glyph area containing X. */
6731 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
6738 left_area_width
= window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
6739 if (x
< left_area_width
)
6741 *area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
;
6744 else if (x
< left_area_width
+ window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
))
6747 x0
= row
->x
+ left_area_width
;
6751 *area
= RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
;
6752 x0
= left_area_width
+ window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
);
6756 /* Find glyph containing X. */
6757 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[*area
];
6758 end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[*area
];
6761 if (x
< x0
+ glyph
->pixel_width
)
6763 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
6765 else if (!buffer_only_p
|| BUFFERP (glyph
->object
))
6769 x0
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
6776 *hpos
= glyph
- row
->glyphs
[*area
];
6781 /* Convert frame-relative x/y to coordinates relative to window W.
6782 Takes pseudo-windows into account. */
6785 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, x
, y
)
6789 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
6791 /* A pseudo-window is always full-width, and starts at the
6792 left edge of the frame, plus a frame border. */
6793 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6794 *x
-= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f
);
6795 *y
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, *y
);
6799 *x
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, *x
);
6800 *y
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, *y
);
6805 /* Take proper action when mouse has moved to the mode or header line of
6806 window W, x-position X. MODE_LINE_P non-zero means mouse is on the
6807 mode line. X is relative to the start of the text display area of
6808 W, so the width of fringes and scroll bars must be subtracted
6809 to get a position relative to the start of the mode line. */
6812 note_mode_line_highlight (w
, x
, mode_line_p
)
6816 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6817 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
6818 Cursor cursor
= dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
6819 struct glyph_row
*row
;
6822 row
= MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
6824 row
= MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
6828 struct glyph
*glyph
, *end
;
6829 Lisp_Object help
, map
;
6832 /* Find the glyph under X. */
6833 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
6834 end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
6835 x0
= - (FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
)
6836 + FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
));
6839 && x
>= x0
+ glyph
->pixel_width
)
6841 x0
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
6846 && STRINGP (glyph
->object
)
6847 && XSTRING (glyph
->object
)->intervals
6848 && glyph
->charpos
>= 0
6849 && glyph
->charpos
< XSTRING (glyph
->object
)->size
)
6851 /* If we're on a string with `help-echo' text property,
6852 arrange for the help to be displayed. This is done by
6853 setting the global variable help_echo to the help string. */
6854 help
= Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph
->charpos
),
6855 Qhelp_echo
, glyph
->object
);
6859 XSETWINDOW (help_echo_window
, w
);
6860 help_echo_object
= glyph
->object
;
6861 help_echo_pos
= glyph
->charpos
;
6864 /* Change the mouse pointer according to what is under X/Y. */
6865 map
= Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph
->charpos
),
6866 Qlocal_map
, glyph
->object
);
6868 cursor
= f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
;
6871 map
= Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph
->charpos
),
6872 Qkeymap
, glyph
->object
);
6874 cursor
= f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
;
6879 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
6883 /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on
6884 frame F as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face
6885 properties. Also de-highlighting chars where the mouse was before.
6886 X and Y can be negative or out of range. */
6889 note_mouse_highlight (f
, x
, y
)
6893 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
6897 Cursor cursor
= None
;
6900 /* When a menu is active, don't highlight because this looks odd. */
6901 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6902 if (popup_activated ())
6906 if (NILP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6907 || !f
->glyphs_initialized_p
)
6910 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= x
;
6911 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= y
;
6912 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= f
;
6914 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
)
6919 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 1;
6923 /* Which window is that in? */
6924 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, &portion
, 1);
6926 /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */
6927 if (! EQ (window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
6928 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6930 /* Not on a window -> return. */
6931 if (!WINDOWP (window
))
6934 /* Convert to window-relative pixel coordinates. */
6935 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
6936 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, &x
, &y
);
6938 /* Handle tool-bar window differently since it doesn't display a
6940 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6942 note_tool_bar_highlight (f
, x
, y
);
6946 /* Mouse is on the mode or header line? */
6947 if (portion
== 1 || portion
== 3)
6949 note_mode_line_highlight (w
, x
, portion
== 1);
6954 cursor
= f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
;
6956 cursor
= f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
;
6958 /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date?
6959 And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */
6960 b
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
6961 if (/* Within text portion of the window. */
6963 && EQ (w
->window_end_valid
, w
->buffer
)
6964 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) == BUF_MODIFF (b
)
6965 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) == BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b
))
6967 int hpos
, vpos
, pos
, i
, area
;
6968 struct glyph
*glyph
;
6970 Lisp_Object mouse_face
= Qnil
, overlay
= Qnil
, position
;
6971 Lisp_Object
*overlay_vec
= NULL
;
6973 struct buffer
*obuf
;
6974 int obegv
, ozv
, same_region
;
6976 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
6977 glyph
= x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &area
, 0);
6979 /* Clear mouse face if X/Y not over text. */
6981 || area
!= TEXT_AREA
6982 || !MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
)->displays_text_p
)
6984 if (clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
))
6989 pos
= glyph
->charpos
;
6990 object
= glyph
->object
;
6991 if (!STRINGP (object
) && !BUFFERP (object
))
6994 /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */
6995 if (BUFFERP (object
) && pos
> BUF_Z (b
))
6998 /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
6999 overlays_at and compute_char_face. */
7000 obuf
= current_buffer
;
7007 /* Is this char mouse-active or does it have help-echo? */
7008 position
= make_number (pos
);
7010 if (BUFFERP (object
))
7012 /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec.
7013 Store the length in len. If there are more than 10, make
7014 enough space for all, and try again. */
7016 overlay_vec
= (Lisp_Object
*) alloca (len
* sizeof (Lisp_Object
));
7017 noverlays
= overlays_at (pos
, 0, &overlay_vec
, &len
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
7018 if (noverlays
> len
)
7021 overlay_vec
= (Lisp_Object
*) alloca (len
* sizeof (Lisp_Object
));
7022 noverlays
= overlays_at (pos
, 0, &overlay_vec
, &len
, NULL
, NULL
,0);
7025 /* Sort overlays into increasing priority order. */
7026 noverlays
= sort_overlays (overlay_vec
, noverlays
, w
);
7031 same_region
= (EQ (window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
7032 && vpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
7033 && vpos
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
7034 && (vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
7035 || hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
7036 && (vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
7037 || hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
7038 || dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
));
7043 /* Check mouse-face highlighting. */
7045 /* If there exists an overlay with mouse-face overlapping
7046 the one we are currently highlighting, we have to
7047 check if we enter the overlapping overlay, and then
7048 highlight only that. */
7049 || (OVERLAYP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
)
7050 && mouse_face_overlay_overlaps (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
)))
7052 /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face
7055 for (i
= noverlays
- 1; i
>= 0 && NILP (overlay
); --i
)
7057 mouse_face
= Foverlay_get (overlay_vec
[i
], Qmouse_face
);
7058 if (!NILP (mouse_face
))
7059 overlay
= overlay_vec
[i
];
7062 /* If we're actually highlighting the same overlay as
7063 before, there's no need to do that again. */
7065 && EQ (overlay
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
))
7066 goto check_help_echo
;
7068 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= overlay
;
7070 /* Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */
7071 if (clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
))
7074 /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */
7076 mouse_face
= Fget_text_property (position
, Qmouse_face
, object
);
7078 /* Handle the overlay case. */
7079 if (!NILP (overlay
))
7081 /* Find the range of text around this char that
7082 should be active. */
7083 Lisp_Object before
, after
;
7086 before
= Foverlay_start (overlay
);
7087 after
= Foverlay_end (overlay
);
7088 /* Record this as the current active region. */
7089 fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (before
),
7090 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
,
7091 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
,
7092 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
,
7093 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
, Qnil
);
7095 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
7096 = !fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (after
),
7097 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
,
7098 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
,
7099 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
,
7100 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
, Qnil
);
7101 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
7102 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
7103 = face_at_buffer_position (w
, pos
, 0, 0,
7104 &ignore
, pos
+ 1, 1);
7106 /* Display it as active. */
7107 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
7110 /* Handle the text property case. */
7111 else if (!NILP (mouse_face
) && BUFFERP (object
))
7113 /* Find the range of text around this char that
7114 should be active. */
7115 Lisp_Object before
, after
, beginning
, end
;
7118 beginning
= Fmarker_position (w
->start
);
7119 end
= make_number (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (object
))
7120 - XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
));
7122 = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos
+ 1),
7126 = Fnext_single_property_change (position
, Qmouse_face
,
7129 /* Record this as the current active region. */
7130 fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (before
),
7131 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
,
7132 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
,
7133 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
,
7134 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
, Qnil
);
7135 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
7136 = !fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (after
),
7137 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
,
7138 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
,
7139 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
,
7140 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
, Qnil
);
7141 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
7143 if (BUFFERP (object
))
7144 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
7145 = face_at_buffer_position (w
, pos
, 0, 0,
7146 &ignore
, pos
+ 1, 1);
7148 /* Display it as active. */
7149 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
7152 else if (!NILP (mouse_face
) && STRINGP (object
))
7157 b
= Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos
+ 1),
7160 e
= Fnext_single_property_change (position
, Qmouse_face
,
7163 b
= make_number (0);
7165 e
= make_number (XSTRING (object
)->size
- 1);
7166 fast_find_string_pos (w
, XINT (b
), object
,
7167 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
,
7168 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
,
7169 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
,
7170 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
, 0);
7171 fast_find_string_pos (w
, XINT (e
), object
,
7172 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
,
7173 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
,
7174 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
,
7175 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
, 1);
7176 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
= 0;
7177 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
7178 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
7179 = face_at_string_position (w
, object
, pos
, 0, 0, 0, &ignore
,
7181 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
7184 else if (STRINGP (object
) && NILP (mouse_face
))
7186 /* A string which doesn't have mouse-face, but
7187 the text ``under'' it might have. */
7188 struct glyph_row
*r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
7189 int start
= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r
);
7191 pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, object
, start
);
7193 mouse_face
= get_char_property_and_overlay (make_number (pos
),
7197 if (!NILP (mouse_face
) && !NILP (overlay
))
7199 Lisp_Object before
= Foverlay_start (overlay
);
7200 Lisp_Object after
= Foverlay_end (overlay
);
7203 /* Note that we might not be able to find position
7204 BEFORE in the glyph matrix if the overlay is
7205 entirely covered by a `display' property. In
7206 this case, we overshoot. So let's stop in
7207 the glyph matrix before glyphs for OBJECT. */
7208 fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (before
),
7209 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
,
7210 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
,
7211 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
,
7212 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
,
7215 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
7216 = !fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (after
),
7217 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
,
7218 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
,
7219 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
,
7220 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
,
7222 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
7223 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
7224 = face_at_buffer_position (w
, pos
, 0, 0,
7225 &ignore
, pos
+ 1, 1);
7227 /* Display it as active. */
7228 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
7236 /* Look for a `help-echo' property. */
7238 Lisp_Object help
, overlay
;
7240 /* Check overlays first. */
7241 help
= overlay
= Qnil
;
7242 for (i
= noverlays
- 1; i
>= 0 && NILP (help
); --i
)
7244 overlay
= overlay_vec
[i
];
7245 help
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qhelp_echo
);
7251 help_echo_window
= window
;
7252 help_echo_object
= overlay
;
7253 help_echo_pos
= pos
;
7257 Lisp_Object object
= glyph
->object
;
7258 int charpos
= glyph
->charpos
;
7260 /* Try text properties. */
7261 if (STRINGP (object
)
7263 && charpos
< XSTRING (object
)->size
)
7265 help
= Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos
),
7266 Qhelp_echo
, object
);
7269 /* If the string itself doesn't specify a help-echo,
7270 see if the buffer text ``under'' it does. */
7272 = MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
7273 int start
= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r
);
7274 int pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, object
, start
);
7277 help
= Fget_char_property (make_number (pos
),
7278 Qhelp_echo
, w
->buffer
);
7287 else if (BUFFERP (object
)
7290 help
= Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos
), Qhelp_echo
,
7296 help_echo_window
= window
;
7297 help_echo_object
= object
;
7298 help_echo_pos
= charpos
;
7305 current_buffer
= obuf
;
7311 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7315 redo_mouse_highlight ()
7317 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
7318 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
7319 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
7320 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
7321 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
7326 /***********************************************************************
7328 ***********************************************************************/
7330 static int x_tool_bar_item
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int,
7331 struct glyph
**, int *, int *, int *));
7333 /* Tool-bar item index of the item on which a mouse button was pressed
7336 static int last_tool_bar_item
;
7339 /* Get information about the tool-bar item at position X/Y on frame F.
7340 Return in *GLYPH a pointer to the glyph of the tool-bar item in
7341 the current matrix of the tool-bar window of F, or NULL if not
7342 on a tool-bar item. Return in *PROP_IDX the index of the tool-bar
7343 item in F->tool_bar_items. Value is
7345 -1 if X/Y is not on a tool-bar item
7346 0 if X/Y is on the same item that was highlighted before.
7350 x_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, glyph
, hpos
, vpos
, prop_idx
)
7353 struct glyph
**glyph
;
7354 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *prop_idx
;
7356 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7357 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
);
7360 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
7361 *glyph
= x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, hpos
, vpos
, &area
, 0);
7365 /* Get the start of this tool-bar item's properties in
7366 f->tool_bar_items. */
7367 if (!tool_bar_item_info (f
, *glyph
, prop_idx
))
7370 /* Is mouse on the highlighted item? */
7371 if (EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
7372 && *vpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
7373 && *vpos
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
7374 && (*vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
7375 || *hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
7376 && (*vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
7377 || *hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
7378 || dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
))
7385 /* Handle mouse button event on the tool-bar of frame F, at
7386 frame-relative coordinates X/Y. EVENT_TYPE is either ButtonPress
7390 x_handle_tool_bar_click (f
, button_event
)
7392 XButtonEvent
*button_event
;
7394 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7395 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
);
7396 int hpos
, vpos
, prop_idx
;
7397 struct glyph
*glyph
;
7398 Lisp_Object enabled_p
;
7399 int x
= button_event
->x
;
7400 int y
= button_event
->y
;
7402 /* If not on the highlighted tool-bar item, return. */
7403 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, &x
, &y
);
7404 if (x_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, &glyph
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &prop_idx
) != 0)
7407 /* If item is disabled, do nothing. */
7408 enabled_p
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P
);
7409 if (NILP (enabled_p
))
7412 if (button_event
->type
== ButtonPress
)
7414 /* Show item in pressed state. */
7415 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
);
7416 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
;
7417 last_tool_bar_item
= prop_idx
;
7421 Lisp_Object key
, frame
;
7422 struct input_event event
;
7424 /* Show item in released state. */
7425 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
);
7426 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
7428 key
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY
);
7430 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7431 event
.kind
= TOOL_BAR_EVENT
;
7432 event
.frame_or_window
= frame
;
7434 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event
);
7436 event
.kind
= TOOL_BAR_EVENT
;
7437 event
.frame_or_window
= frame
;
7439 event
.modifiers
= x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
7440 button_event
->state
);
7441 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event
);
7442 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
7447 /* Possibly highlight a tool-bar item on frame F when mouse moves to
7448 tool-bar window-relative coordinates X/Y. Called from
7449 note_mouse_highlight. */
7452 note_tool_bar_highlight (f
, x
, y
)
7456 Lisp_Object window
= f
->tool_bar_window
;
7457 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
7458 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7460 struct glyph
*glyph
;
7461 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7463 Lisp_Object enabled_p
;
7465 enum draw_glyphs_face draw
;
7466 int mouse_down_p
, rc
;
7468 /* Function note_mouse_highlight is called with negative x(y
7469 values when mouse moves outside of the frame. */
7470 if (x
<= 0 || y
<= 0)
7472 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
7476 rc
= x_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, &glyph
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &prop_idx
);
7479 /* Not on tool-bar item. */
7480 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
7486 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
7488 /* Mouse is down, but on different tool-bar item? */
7489 mouse_down_p
= (dpyinfo
->grabbed
7490 && f
== last_mouse_frame
7491 && FRAME_LIVE_P (f
));
7493 && last_tool_bar_item
!= prop_idx
)
7496 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
7497 draw
= mouse_down_p
? DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
: DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
7499 /* If tool-bar item is not enabled, don't highlight it. */
7500 enabled_p
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P
);
7501 if (!NILP (enabled_p
))
7503 /* Compute the x-position of the glyph. In front and past the
7504 image is a space. We include this is the highlighted area. */
7505 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
7506 for (i
= x
= 0; i
< hpos
; ++i
)
7507 x
+= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][i
].pixel_width
;
7509 /* Record this as the current active region. */
7510 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= hpos
;
7511 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= vpos
;
7512 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
= x
;
7513 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
= row
->y
;
7514 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
= 0;
7516 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= hpos
+ 1;
7517 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= vpos
;
7518 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
= x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
;
7519 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
= row
->y
;
7520 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
7521 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
;
7523 /* Display it as active. */
7524 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, draw
);
7525 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= draw
;
7530 /* Set help_echo to a help string to display for this tool-bar item.
7531 XTread_socket does the rest. */
7532 help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
7534 help_echo
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP
);
7535 if (NILP (help_echo
))
7536 help_echo
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION
);
7541 /* Find the glyph matrix position of buffer position CHARPOS in window
7542 *W. HPOS, *VPOS, *X, and *Y are set to the positions found. W's
7543 current glyphs must be up to date. If CHARPOS is above window
7544 start return (0, 0, 0, 0). If CHARPOS is after end of W, return end
7545 of last line in W. In the row containing CHARPOS, stop before glyphs
7546 having STOP as object. */
7548 #if 0 /* This is a version of fast_find_position that's more correct
7549 in the presence of hscrolling, for example. I didn't install
7550 it right away because the problem fixed is minor, it failed
7551 in 20.x as well, and I think it's too risky to install
7552 so near the release of 21.1. 2001-09-25 gerd. */
7555 fast_find_position (w
, charpos
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
, stop
)
7558 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *x
, *y
;
7561 struct glyph_row
*row
, *first
;
7562 struct glyph
*glyph
, *end
;
7563 int i
, past_end
= 0;
7565 first
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
7566 row
= row_containing_pos (w
, charpos
, first
, NULL
, 0);
7569 if (charpos
< MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first
))
7571 *x
= *y
= *hpos
= *vpos
= 0;
7576 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
7583 *vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, w
->current_matrix
);
7585 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
7586 end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
7588 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
7589 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
7591 if (row
->displays_text_p
)
7593 && INTEGERP (glyph
->object
)
7594 && !EQ (stop
, glyph
->object
)
7595 && glyph
->charpos
< 0)
7597 *x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
7602 && !INTEGERP (glyph
->object
)
7603 && !EQ (stop
, glyph
->object
)
7604 && (!BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
7605 || glyph
->charpos
< charpos
))
7607 *x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
7611 *hpos
= glyph
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
7618 fast_find_position (w
, pos
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
, stop
)
7621 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *x
, *y
;
7626 int maybe_next_line_p
= 0;
7627 int line_start_position
;
7628 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
7629 struct glyph_row
*row
, *best_row
;
7630 int row_vpos
, best_row_vpos
;
7633 row
= best_row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
7634 row_vpos
= best_row_vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, w
->current_matrix
);
7638 if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7639 line_start_position
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]->charpos
;
7641 line_start_position
= 0;
7643 if (line_start_position
> pos
)
7645 /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer,
7646 don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */
7647 else if (line_start_position
== pos
7648 && pos
== BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)))
7650 maybe_next_line_p
= 1;
7653 else if (line_start_position
> 0)
7656 best_row_vpos
= row_vpos
;
7659 if (row
->y
+ row
->height
>= yb
)
7666 /* Find the right column within BEST_ROW. */
7668 current_x
= best_row
->x
;
7669 for (i
= 0; i
< best_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]; i
++)
7671 struct glyph
*glyph
= best_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + i
;
7672 int charpos
= glyph
->charpos
;
7674 if (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
))
7679 *vpos
= best_row_vpos
;
7684 else if (charpos
> pos
)
7687 else if (EQ (glyph
->object
, stop
))
7692 current_x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
7695 /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer,
7696 and we didn't find it in the line we scanned,
7697 use the start of the following line. */
7698 if (maybe_next_line_p
)
7703 current_x
= best_row
->x
;
7706 *vpos
= best_row_vpos
;
7707 *hpos
= lastcol
+ 1;
7716 /* Find the position of the glyph for position POS in OBJECT in
7717 window W's current matrix, and return in *X, *Y the pixel
7718 coordinates, and return in *HPOS, *VPOS the column/row of the glyph.
7720 RIGHT_P non-zero means return the position of the right edge of the
7721 glyph, RIGHT_P zero means return the left edge position.
7723 If no glyph for POS exists in the matrix, return the position of
7724 the glyph with the next smaller position that is in the matrix, if
7725 RIGHT_P is zero. If RIGHT_P is non-zero, and no glyph for POS
7726 exists in the matrix, return the position of the glyph with the
7727 next larger position in OBJECT.
7729 Value is non-zero if a glyph was found. */
7732 fast_find_string_pos (w
, pos
, object
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
, right_p
)
7736 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *x
, *y
;
7739 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
7740 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7741 struct glyph
*best_glyph
= NULL
;
7742 struct glyph_row
*best_row
= NULL
;
7745 for (r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
7746 r
->enabled_p
&& r
->y
< yb
;
7749 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
7750 struct glyph
*e
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
7753 for (gx
= r
->x
; g
< e
; gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
)
7754 if (EQ (g
->object
, object
))
7756 if (g
->charpos
== pos
)
7763 else if (best_glyph
== NULL
7764 || ((abs (g
->charpos
- pos
)
7765 < abs (best_glyph
->charpos
- pos
))
7768 : g
->charpos
> pos
)))
7782 *hpos
= best_glyph
- best_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
7786 *x
+= best_glyph
->pixel_width
;
7791 *vpos
= best_row
- w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
7794 return best_glyph
!= NULL
;
7798 /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_*
7799 in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */
7802 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, draw
)
7803 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7804 enum draw_glyphs_face draw
;
7806 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
);
7807 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7809 if (/* If window is in the process of being destroyed, don't bother
7811 w
->current_matrix
!= NULL
7812 /* Don't update mouse highlight if hidden */
7813 && (draw
!= DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
|| !dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
7814 /* Recognize when we are called to operate on rows that don't exist
7815 anymore. This can happen when a window is split. */
7816 && dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
< w
->current_matrix
->nrows
)
7818 int phys_cursor_on_p
= w
->phys_cursor_on_p
;
7819 struct glyph_row
*row
, *first
, *last
;
7821 first
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
);
7822 last
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
);
7824 for (row
= first
; row
<= last
&& row
->enabled_p
; ++row
)
7826 int start_hpos
, end_hpos
, start_x
;
7828 /* For all but the first row, the highlight starts at column 0. */
7831 start_hpos
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
;
7832 start_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
;
7841 end_hpos
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
;
7843 end_hpos
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
7845 if (end_hpos
> start_hpos
)
7847 x_draw_glyphs (w
, start_x
, row
, TEXT_AREA
,
7848 start_hpos
, end_hpos
, draw
, 0);
7851 = draw
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
|| draw
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
7855 /* When we've written over the cursor, arrange for it to
7856 be displayed again. */
7857 if (phys_cursor_on_p
&& !w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
7858 x_display_cursor (w
, 1,
7859 w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
,
7860 w
->phys_cursor
.x
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
);
7863 /* Change the mouse cursor. */
7864 if (draw
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
7865 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7866 f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
);
7867 else if (draw
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
7868 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7869 f
->output_data
.x
->cross_cursor
);
7871 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7872 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
7875 /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region.
7876 Redraw it un-highlighted first. Value is non-zero if mouse
7877 face was actually drawn unhighlighted. */
7880 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
)
7881 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7885 if (!NILP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
7887 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
);
7891 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
7892 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
7893 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
7894 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
7899 /* Clear any mouse-face on window W. This function is part of the
7900 redisplay interface, and is called from try_window_id and similar
7901 functions to ensure the mouse-highlight is off. */
7904 x_clear_mouse_face (w
)
7907 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
7911 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
7912 if (EQ (window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
7913 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
7918 /* Just discard the mouse face information for frame F, if any.
7919 This is used when the size of F is changed. */
7922 cancel_mouse_face (f
)
7926 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7928 window
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
;
7929 if (! NILP (window
) && XFRAME (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
) == f
)
7931 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
7932 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
7933 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
7938 static int glyph_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int, XRectangle
*));
7941 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
7942 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and
7943 size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these
7947 glyph_rect (f
, x
, y
, rect
)
7953 int part
, found
= 0;
7955 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, &part
, 0);
7958 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
7959 struct glyph_row
*r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
7960 struct glyph_row
*end
= r
+ w
->current_matrix
->nrows
- 1;
7962 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, &x
, &y
);
7964 for (; !found
&& r
< end
&& r
->enabled_p
; ++r
)
7967 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
7968 struct glyph
*end
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
7971 for (gx
= r
->x
; !found
&& g
< end
; gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
)
7974 rect
->width
= g
->pixel_width
;
7975 rect
->height
= r
->height
;
7976 rect
->x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, gx
);
7977 rect
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
->y
);
7987 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
7988 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
7990 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
7991 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
7992 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
7993 position on the scroll bar.
7995 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
7996 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
7999 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
8000 was at this position.
8002 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
8004 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
8008 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
8011 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
8012 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
8014 unsigned long *time
;
8020 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
8021 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
8027 Window dummy_window
;
8030 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8032 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
8033 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8034 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
8035 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
8037 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
8039 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
8040 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
8041 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
8043 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
8046 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
8047 a different screen. */
8050 /* The position on that root window. */
8053 /* More trash we can't trust. */
8056 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
8058 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
8060 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
8061 containing the pointer. */
8065 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
8070 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
8071 structure is changing at the same time this function
8072 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
8074 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
8076 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
8077 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
8079 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
8080 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
8081 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
8083 /* From-window, to-window. */
8084 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
8086 /* From-position, to-position. */
8087 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
8091 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
8097 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
8099 /* From-window, to-window. */
8102 /* From-position, to-position. */
8103 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
8108 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
8116 /* Now we know that:
8117 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
8118 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
8119 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
8120 (XTC did this the last time through), and
8121 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
8122 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
8123 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
8124 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
8125 never use them in that case.) */
8127 /* Is win one of our frames? */
8128 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
8130 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8131 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
8134 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
8135 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
8137 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8140 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
8143 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), count
);
8145 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
8148 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (win
);
8152 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
8158 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
8159 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
8163 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
8164 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
8165 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
8166 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
8167 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
8168 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
8169 the frame are divided into. */
8171 int width
, height
, gx
, gy
;
8174 if (glyph_rect (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &rect
))
8175 last_mouse_glyph
= rect
;
8178 width
= FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1
);
8179 height
= FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1
);
8183 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to
8184 round down even for negative values. */
8189 gx
= (gx
+ width
- 1) / width
* width
;
8190 gy
= (gy
+ height
- 1) / height
* height
;
8192 last_mouse_glyph
.width
= width
;
8193 last_mouse_glyph
.height
= height
;
8194 last_mouse_glyph
.x
= gx
;
8195 last_mouse_glyph
.y
= gy
;
8201 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
8202 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
8203 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
8212 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8214 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
8215 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
8216 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
8217 that slows us down. */
8220 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
8221 struct atimer
*timer
;
8223 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated_flag
)
8226 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
8227 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
8232 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8235 /* Scroll bar support. */
8237 /* Given an X window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it.
8238 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
8241 static struct scroll_bar
*
8242 x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id
)
8247 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
8248 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
8251 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
8253 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
8254 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
8255 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
8258 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
8260 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
8261 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
8262 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
8263 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
8264 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
8267 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
8268 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
)
8269 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
8276 #if defined USE_LUCID
8278 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
8279 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
8282 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
8287 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
8288 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
8291 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
8292 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
8294 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
8301 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
8304 /************************************************************************
8306 ************************************************************************/
8308 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8310 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
8311 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
8312 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
8313 struct scroll_bar
*));
8314 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
8318 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
8320 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
8322 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
8323 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
8325 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
8327 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
8329 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
8331 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
8332 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
8334 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
8336 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
8337 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
8338 to avoid jerkyness. */
8340 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
8343 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
8344 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
8345 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
8346 a `end-scroll' scroll_bar_click' event if so. */
8349 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
8352 XtPointer client_data
;
8356 Cardinal
*num_params
;
8362 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
8363 end_action
= "Release";
8364 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
8365 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
8366 end_action
= "EndScroll";
8367 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
8370 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
8371 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
8375 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
8376 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
8377 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
8378 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
8379 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
8380 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
8382 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
8383 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
8387 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
8388 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
8390 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
8391 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
8394 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
8395 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
8396 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
8397 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
8400 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
8402 int part
, portion
, whole
;
8405 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
8406 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
8407 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
8412 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
8413 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
8414 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
8415 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8416 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8419 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
8420 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
8421 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
8422 into that array in the event. */
8423 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
8424 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
8427 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
8429 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
8430 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
8431 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
8433 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
8435 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
8436 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
8439 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
8440 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
8441 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
8442 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
8443 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
8444 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
8446 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
8447 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
8449 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
8450 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
8451 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
8452 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
8457 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
8461 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
8463 struct input_event
*ievent
;
8465 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
8470 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
8471 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
8473 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
8474 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
8476 ievent
->kind
= scroll_bar_click
;
8477 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
8479 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8480 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
8481 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
8482 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
8483 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
8484 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
8490 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
8493 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
8494 #define XM_SB_RANGE (XM_SB_MAX - XM_SB_MIN)
8497 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
8498 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
8499 CALL_DATA is a pointer a a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
8502 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
8504 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
8506 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
8507 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
8508 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
8512 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
8513 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8514 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
8517 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
8518 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8519 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
8522 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
8523 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8524 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
8527 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
8528 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8529 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
8533 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8534 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
8537 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
8538 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8539 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
8545 int dragging_down_p
= (INTEGERP (bar
->dragging
)
8546 && XINT (bar
->dragging
) <= cs
->value
);
8548 /* Get the slider size. */
8550 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
8553 /* At the max position of the scroll bar, do a line-wise
8554 movement. Without doing anything, we would be called with
8555 the same cs->value again and again. If we want to make
8556 sure that we can reach the end of the buffer, we have to do
8559 Implementation note: setting bar->dragging always to
8560 cs->value gives a smoother movement at the max position.
8561 Setting it to nil when doing line-wise movement gives
8562 a better slider behavior. */
8564 if (cs
->value
+ slider_size
== XM_SB_MAX
8566 && last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
))
8568 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
8569 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8573 whole
= XM_SB_RANGE
;
8574 portion
= min (cs
->value
- XM_SB_MIN
, XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
);
8575 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
8576 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
8581 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
8587 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
8588 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
8589 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
8594 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw. */
8597 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
8598 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
8599 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
8603 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
8605 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
8607 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
8608 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
8610 int whole
, portion
, height
;
8613 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
8615 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8619 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
8621 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
8622 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
8623 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
8624 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
8625 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
8627 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
8629 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
8631 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
8632 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
8633 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
8634 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
8638 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
8639 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
8640 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
8641 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
8642 has taken place. It's magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
8643 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
8644 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
8647 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
8649 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
8651 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
8652 int position
= (int) call_data
;
8656 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
8658 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8661 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
8662 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
8664 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
8665 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
8666 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
8667 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
8669 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
8671 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
8672 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8673 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
8674 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
8678 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
8681 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
8682 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
8685 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
8687 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
8693 char *scroll_bar_name
= "verticalScrollBar";
8694 unsigned long pixel
;
8699 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
8700 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
8701 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, XM_SB_MIN
); ++ac
;
8702 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
8703 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
8704 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
8705 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
8706 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
8708 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
8711 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
8715 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
8718 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
8722 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
8723 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
8725 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
8726 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
8728 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
8730 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
8732 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
8734 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
8736 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
8738 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
8741 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
8742 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
8744 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
8745 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
8746 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
8747 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
8749 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
8751 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
8752 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
8753 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
8754 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
8755 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
8756 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
8757 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
8758 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
8760 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
8763 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
8767 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
8770 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
8774 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
8776 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
8777 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
8779 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
8780 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
8781 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
8783 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
8785 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
8787 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
8788 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
8789 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
8791 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
8794 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
8795 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
8796 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
8797 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
8798 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
8800 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
8804 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
8805 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
8806 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
8808 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
8810 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
8813 /* Specify the colors. */
8814 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
8817 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "topShadowPixel", pixel
);
8820 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
8823 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "bottomShadowPixel", pixel
);
8828 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
8829 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
8833 char *val
= initial
;
8834 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
8835 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
8837 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
8838 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
8839 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? -sm */
8840 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
8844 /* Define callbacks. */
8845 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
8846 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
8849 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
8850 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
8852 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
8854 /* Install an action hook that let's us detect when the user
8855 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
8856 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
8857 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
8859 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
8860 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
8861 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
8862 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
8868 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
8869 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
8872 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
8873 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
8874 int portion
, position
, whole
;
8876 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
8877 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
8884 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
8885 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
8894 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
8895 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
8897 size
= shown
* XM_SB_RANGE
;
8898 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_RANGE
);
8899 size
= max (size
, 1);
8901 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
8902 value
= top
* XM_SB_RANGE
;
8903 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
8904 value
= max (value
, XM_SB_MIN
);
8906 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
8907 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
8908 else if (last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
8909 /* This has the negative side effect that the slider value is
8910 not what it would be if we scrolled here using line-wise or
8911 page-wise movement. */
8912 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, XM_SB_RANGE
- value
, 0, 0, False
);
8915 /* If currently dragging, only update the slider size.
8916 This reduces flicker effects. */
8917 int old_value
, old_size
, increment
, page_increment
;
8919 XmScrollBarGetValues (widget
, &old_value
, &old_size
,
8920 &increment
, &page_increment
);
8921 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, old_value
,
8922 min (size
, XM_SB_RANGE
- old_value
),
8926 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
8928 float old_top
, old_shown
;
8930 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
8931 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
8932 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
8936 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
8937 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
8938 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
8941 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
8942 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
8944 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
8945 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
8946 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
8947 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
8949 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
8950 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
8954 ScrollbarWidget sb
= (ScrollbarWidget
) widget
;
8955 int scroll_mode
= 0;
8957 /* `scroll_mode' only exists with Xaw3d + ARROW_SCROLLBAR. */
8958 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
)
8960 /* Xaw3d stupidly ignores resize requests while dragging
8961 so we have to make it believe it's not in dragging mode. */
8962 scroll_mode
= sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
;
8963 if (scroll_mode
== 2)
8964 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= 0;
8967 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
8968 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
8969 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
8971 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
8974 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& scroll_mode
== 2)
8975 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= scroll_mode
;
8980 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
8985 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8989 /************************************************************************
8990 Scroll bars, general
8991 ************************************************************************/
8993 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
8994 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
8995 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
8998 static struct scroll_bar
*
8999 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
9001 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
9003 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
9004 struct scroll_bar
*bar
9005 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
9009 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9010 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
9011 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9013 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
9017 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
9018 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
9019 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
9021 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
9022 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
9024 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
9026 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
9028 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
9029 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
9030 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
9031 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
9032 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9034 window_box_height (w
), False
);
9036 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9037 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
9038 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
9040 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
9042 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
9049 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
9051 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9053 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
9054 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
9055 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
9056 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
9057 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
9058 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
9059 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
9060 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
9062 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
9063 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
9065 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
9066 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
9067 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
9069 /* Map the window/widget. */
9070 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9072 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
9073 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
9074 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
9076 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
9077 max (height
, 1), 0);
9078 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
9080 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9081 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
9082 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9089 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
9091 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
9092 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
9093 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
9096 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
9097 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
9098 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
9099 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
9100 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
9102 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9105 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
9106 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
9110 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
9111 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
9112 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
9113 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
9115 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
9117 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
9118 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
9124 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
9125 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
9126 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
9128 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
9129 the distance between start and end. */
9131 int length
= end
- start
;
9135 else if (start
> top_range
)
9137 end
= start
+ length
;
9141 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
9145 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
9146 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
9147 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
9149 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
9150 if (end
> top_range
)
9153 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
9154 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
9155 that many pixels tall. */
9156 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
9158 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
9159 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
9161 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
9162 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
9163 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
9164 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
9165 inside_width
, start
,
9168 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
9169 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9170 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
9171 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9173 /* Draw the handle itself. */
9174 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
9175 /* x, y, width, height */
9176 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
9177 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
9178 inside_width
, end
- start
);
9180 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
9181 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9182 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
9183 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
9185 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
9186 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
9187 if (end
< inside_height
)
9188 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
9189 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
9190 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
9191 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
9192 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
9200 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9202 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
9206 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
9207 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
9209 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
9212 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9213 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
9215 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
9218 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
9219 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
9225 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
9226 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
9227 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
9231 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
9233 int portion
, whole
, position
;
9235 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
9236 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
9237 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
9238 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
, window_height
;
9240 /* Get window dimensions. */
9241 window_box (w
, -1, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, &window_height
);
9243 width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
9244 height
= window_height
;
9246 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
9247 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
9248 left
= XINT (w
->left
) + XINT (w
->width
) - FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
);
9250 left
= XFASTINT (w
->left
);
9251 left
*= CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
9252 left
+= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
9254 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
9255 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
9256 if (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
9257 sb_width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9261 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
9262 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9263 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
9264 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
9266 sb_left
= left
+ (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
9268 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
9269 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
9274 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
9275 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
9277 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
9280 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9281 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
9285 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
9289 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
9290 unsigned int mask
= 0;
9292 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
9296 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
9298 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
9300 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
9302 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
9305 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9307 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
9308 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
9309 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
9310 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9311 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
9313 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
9315 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
9316 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
9318 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
9319 max (height
, 1), 0);
9321 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9323 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
9324 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
9325 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
9327 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9328 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
9330 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9331 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
9332 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
9336 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
9337 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
9338 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
9341 int area_width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
9342 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
9343 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
9345 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (f
))
9346 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9347 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
9348 rest
, height
, False
);
9350 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9351 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
9355 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
9360 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
9362 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
9364 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
9368 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9370 /* Remember new settings. */
9371 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
9372 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
9373 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
9374 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
9379 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9380 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
9381 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9382 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
9384 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
9386 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
9389 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
9392 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
9393 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
9394 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
9397 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9399 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
9403 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
9404 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
9405 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
9406 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
9407 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
9408 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
9409 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
9411 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
9412 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
9413 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
9416 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
9419 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
9420 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
9423 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
9424 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
9425 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
9426 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
9427 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
9428 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
9429 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
9434 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
9435 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
9438 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
9439 struct window
*window
;
9441 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
9444 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
9445 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
9448 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
9450 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
9451 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
9452 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
9454 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
9456 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
9457 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
9459 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
9460 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
9461 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
9463 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
9464 one or the other! */
9468 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
9470 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
9471 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
9473 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
9475 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
9476 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
9477 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
9480 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
9481 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
9484 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
9487 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
9489 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
9491 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
9492 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
9493 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
9495 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
9497 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9499 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9502 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
9505 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
9506 and they should get garbage-collected. */
9510 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
9511 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
9513 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
9517 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
9518 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
9521 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9523 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
9524 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
9525 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
9526 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
9530 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
9532 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
9533 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
9535 /* x, y, width, height */
9537 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
9538 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
9542 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9545 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
9546 is set to something other than no_event, it is enqueued.
9548 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
9551 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9554 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
9555 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
9557 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
9559 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
9562 emacs_event
->kind
= scroll_bar_click
;
9563 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
9564 emacs_event
->modifiers
9565 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
9566 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
9567 event
->xbutton
.state
)
9568 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
9571 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
9572 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
9573 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
9576 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
9578 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
9581 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
9582 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
9585 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
9587 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
9588 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
9589 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
9590 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
9592 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
9594 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
9595 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
9596 whether or not we're dragging. */
9598 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
9600 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
9601 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
9602 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
9605 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
9606 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
9607 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
9609 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
9610 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
9612 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
9613 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
9616 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
9618 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
9620 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
9621 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
9623 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
9625 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
9628 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
9632 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
9634 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
9638 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
9639 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
9642 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
9644 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
9647 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
9649 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
9650 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
9652 /* Where should the handle be now? */
9653 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
9655 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
9657 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
9659 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
9664 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9666 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
9667 on the scroll bar. */
9670 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
9672 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
9673 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
9675 unsigned long *time
;
9677 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
9678 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
9679 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
9681 Window dummy_window
;
9683 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
9687 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
9689 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
9691 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
9692 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
9693 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
9695 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
9698 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
9705 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
9708 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
9710 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
9712 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
9713 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
9717 if (win_y
> top_range
)
9721 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
9723 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
9724 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
9725 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
9726 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
9727 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
9728 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
9730 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
9732 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
9733 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
9736 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
9739 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
9745 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
9746 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
9747 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
9751 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
9754 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9757 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
9758 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
9759 But in that case we should not clear them. */
9760 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
9761 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
9762 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
9763 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9764 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
9766 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9769 /* This processes Expose events from the menu-bar specific X event
9770 loop in xmenu.c. This allows to redisplay the frame if necessary
9771 when handling menu-bar or pop-up items. */
9774 process_expose_from_menu (event
)
9778 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9779 int frame_exposed_p
= 0;
9783 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (event
.xexpose
.display
);
9784 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
9787 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
9789 f
->async_visible
= 1;
9790 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9791 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
9792 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
9796 expose_frame (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
),
9797 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
9798 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
9799 frame_exposed_p
= 1;
9804 struct scroll_bar
*bar
9805 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
9808 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
9812 return frame_exposed_p
;
9815 /* Define a queue to save up SelectionRequest events for later handling. */
9817 struct selection_event_queue
9820 struct selection_event_queue
*next
;
9823 static struct selection_event_queue
*queue
;
9825 /* Nonzero means queue up certain events--don't process them yet. */
9827 static int x_queue_selection_requests
;
9829 /* Queue up an X event *EVENT, to be processed later. */
9832 x_queue_event (f
, event
)
9836 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
9837 = (struct selection_event_queue
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct selection_event_queue
));
9839 if (queue_tmp
!= NULL
)
9841 queue_tmp
->event
= *event
;
9842 queue_tmp
->next
= queue
;
9847 /* Take all the queued events and put them back
9848 so that they get processed afresh. */
9851 x_unqueue_events (display
)
9854 while (queue
!= NULL
)
9856 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
= queue
;
9857 XPutBackEvent (display
, &queue_tmp
->event
);
9858 queue
= queue_tmp
->next
;
9859 xfree ((char *)queue_tmp
);
9863 /* Start queuing SelectionRequest events. */
9866 x_start_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
9869 x_queue_selection_requests
++;
9872 /* Stop queuing SelectionRequest events. */
9875 x_stop_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
9878 x_queue_selection_requests
--;
9879 x_unqueue_events (display
);
9882 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
9885 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
9886 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
9887 sometimes don't work. */
9889 static Time enter_timestamp
;
9892 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
9893 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
9894 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
9895 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
9897 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
9898 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
9900 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
9902 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
9903 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
9905 static int temp_index
;
9906 static short temp_buffer
[100];
9908 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
9909 on a particular display. */
9911 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
9913 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
9914 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
9915 We try all the open displays, one by one.
9916 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
9918 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
9920 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
9923 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
9924 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
9925 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
9926 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
9927 if (numchars >= 1) \
9929 bufp->kind = menu_bar_activate_event; \
9930 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); \
9939 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
9940 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
9942 /* Read events coming from the X server.
9943 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
9944 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
9946 Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP,
9947 which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters.
9948 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
9949 thus pretending to be `read'.
9951 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
9954 XTread_socket (sd
, bufp
, numchars
, expected
)
9956 /* register */ struct input_event
*bufp
;
9957 /* register */ int numchars
;
9964 int event_found
= 0;
9965 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9966 struct coding_system coding
;
9968 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
9970 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
9974 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
9977 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
9978 input_signal_count
++;
9981 abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */
9985 /* The input should be decoded if it is from XIM. Currently the
9986 locale of XIM is the same as that of the system. So, we can use
9987 Vlocale_coding_system which is initialized properly at Emacs
9989 setup_coding_system (Vlocale_coding_system
, &coding
);
9990 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
9991 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
9992 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't handle
9993 composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that gives us composition
9995 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
9997 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
9998 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
9999 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
10001 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
10003 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
10004 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
10005 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
10006 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
10007 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
10008 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
10011 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
10012 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
10013 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
10014 for X connections. */
10016 #ifndef HAVE_SELECT
10017 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
10019 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
10020 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
10021 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
10022 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
10024 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
10028 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
10029 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
10031 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
10032 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
10035 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
10037 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
10041 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
10042 XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
10043 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
10044 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
10046 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
10047 event
.xclient
.window
);
10048 if (XFilterEvent (&event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
))
10054 switch (event
.type
)
10056 case ClientMessage
:
10058 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
10059 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10060 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
10062 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
10063 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
10065 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
10066 could be the shell widget window
10067 if the frame has no title bar. */
10068 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
10070 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
10071 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
10072 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
10074 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
10075 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
10076 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
10077 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
10078 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
10081 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
10082 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
10083 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
10084 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
10087 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
10088 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
10089 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
10092 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
10093 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
10094 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
10095 int count
= x_catch_errors (d
);
10096 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
10097 /* The ICCCM says this is
10098 the only valid choice. */
10100 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
10101 /* This is needed to detect the error
10102 if there is an error. */
10104 x_uncatch_errors (d
, count
);
10106 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
10109 else if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
10110 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
10112 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
10113 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
10114 the session manager, who's looking for such a
10115 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
10116 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
10119 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
10120 event
.xclient
.window
);
10122 /* This is just so we only give real data once
10123 for a single Emacs process. */
10124 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
10125 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
10126 event
.xclient
.window
,
10127 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
10129 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
10130 event
.xclient
.window
,
10134 else if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
10135 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
10138 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
10139 event
.xclient
.window
);
10146 bufp
->kind
= delete_window_event
;
10147 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
10156 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
10157 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
10160 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
10161 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
10165 = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
10167 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
10168 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
10172 f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
= new_x
;
10173 f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
= new_y
;
10176 #ifdef HACK_EDITRES
10177 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
10178 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
10181 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
10182 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
10185 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
10186 else if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
10187 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
10188 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
10189 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
10191 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
10192 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
10193 currently never do because we are interested in
10194 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
10195 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
10197 = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
10198 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
10199 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10201 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10202 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
10203 we construct an input_event. */
10204 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
10205 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
10207 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, bufp
);
10208 ++bufp
, ++count
, --numchars
;
10211 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
10217 case SelectionNotify
:
10218 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10219 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
10221 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10222 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
10225 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
10226 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10227 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
10229 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10231 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
10236 bufp
->kind
= selection_clear_event
;
10237 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp
) = eventp
->display
;
10238 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp
) = eventp
->selection
;
10239 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp
) = eventp
->time
;
10240 bufp
->frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
10249 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
10250 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10251 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
10253 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10254 if (x_queue_selection_requests
)
10255 x_queue_event (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
),
10259 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
10260 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
10265 bufp
->kind
= selection_request_event
;
10266 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp
) = eventp
->display
;
10267 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (bufp
) = eventp
->requestor
;
10268 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp
) = eventp
->selection
;
10269 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (bufp
) = eventp
->target
;
10270 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (bufp
) = eventp
->property
;
10271 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp
) = eventp
->time
;
10272 bufp
->frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
10281 case PropertyNotify
:
10282 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
10283 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
10284 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
10285 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
10286 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
10290 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
10293 case ReparentNotify
:
10294 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
10298 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
10299 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
10300 f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
= x
;
10301 f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
= y
;
10306 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
10309 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
10311 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
10313 f
->async_visible
= 1;
10314 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
10315 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
10316 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
10319 expose_frame (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
10320 event
.xexpose
.window
),
10321 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
10322 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
10326 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10327 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
10329 #if defined USE_LUCID
10330 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
10331 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
10332 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
10335 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
10337 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
10339 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
10341 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10342 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
10344 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
10345 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
10348 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
10349 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10352 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10353 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
10357 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
10358 source area was obscured or not
10360 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
10364 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
10365 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
10366 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
10368 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10371 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10374 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
10375 source area was completely
10380 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
10381 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
10384 redo_mouse_highlight ();
10387 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
10388 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
10389 the frame was deleted. */
10391 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
10392 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
10393 display that won't ever be seen. */
10394 f
->async_visible
= 0;
10395 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
10396 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
10397 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
10398 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
10399 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
10400 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
10401 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
10403 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
10405 bufp
->kind
= iconify_event
;
10406 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
10416 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
10417 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
10418 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
10421 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
10422 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
10423 frame is visible. */
10424 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
10427 f
->async_visible
= 1;
10428 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
10429 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
10431 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
10432 the frame's display structures. */
10433 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
10437 bufp
->kind
= deiconify_event
;
10438 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
10444 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
10445 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
10446 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
10447 to update the frame titles
10448 in case this is the second frame. */
10449 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
10454 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
10456 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
10458 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
10459 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
10462 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10465 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
10466 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
10467 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
10468 event
.xkey
.window
);
10469 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
10471 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
10472 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
10475 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
10479 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
10480 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
10481 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
10484 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
10485 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
10486 status_return even if the input is too long to
10487 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
10488 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
10489 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
10490 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
10491 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
10492 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
10493 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
10497 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
10498 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
10499 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
10501 /* This will have to go some day... */
10503 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
10504 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
10505 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
10506 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
10507 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
10508 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
10509 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
10511 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
10512 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
10513 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
10514 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
10515 not it is combined with Meta. */
10516 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
10517 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
10522 Status status_return
;
10524 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
10525 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
10526 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
10528 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
10530 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
10531 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
10532 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
10533 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
10534 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
10538 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
10540 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
10545 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
10546 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
10550 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
10551 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
10554 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
10555 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
10559 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
10563 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
10564 || keysym
== XK_Delete
10565 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
10566 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
&& keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
10568 || (keysym
>= XK_Kanji
&& keysym
<= XK_Eisu_toggle
)
10569 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
10570 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
10572 /* This recognizes the "extended function keys".
10573 It seems there's no cleaner way.
10574 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling mode_switch
10576 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
10577 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
10579 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
10580 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
10582 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
10583 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
10585 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
10586 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
10588 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
10589 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
10591 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
10592 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
10594 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
10595 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
10597 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
10598 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
10600 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
10601 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
10603 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
10604 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
10606 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
10607 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
10609 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
10610 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
10612 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
10613 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
10615 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
10616 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
10618 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
10619 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
10620 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
10621 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
10622 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
10623 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
10625 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
10626 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
10629 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
10631 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
10634 if (temp_index
== sizeof temp_buffer
/ sizeof (short))
10636 temp_buffer
[temp_index
++] = keysym
;
10637 bufp
->kind
= non_ascii_keystroke
;
10638 bufp
->code
= keysym
;
10639 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
10642 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
10644 bufp
->timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
10649 else if (numchars
> nbytes
)
10655 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
10657 if (temp_index
== (sizeof temp_buffer
10660 temp_buffer
[temp_index
++] = copy_bufptr
[i
];
10663 if (/* If the event is not from XIM, */
10664 event
.xkey
.keycode
!= 0
10665 /* or the current locale doesn't request
10666 decoding of the intup data, ... */
10667 || coding
.type
== coding_type_raw_text
10668 || coding
.type
== coding_type_no_conversion
)
10670 /* ... we can use the input data as is. */
10675 /* We have to decode the input data. */
10679 require
= decoding_buffer_size (&coding
, nbytes
);
10680 p
= (unsigned char *) alloca (require
);
10681 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
10682 decode_coding (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, p
,
10684 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
10685 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
10689 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
10690 character events. */
10691 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
10693 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
10694 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
10696 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
10699 bufp
->kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
10701 : multibyte_char_keystroke
);
10703 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
10706 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
10708 bufp
->timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
10713 numchars
-= nchars
;
10715 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
10725 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
10726 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
10735 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
10736 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
10743 /* Here's a possible interpretation of the whole
10744 FocusIn-EnterNotify FocusOut-LeaveNotify mess. If
10745 you get a FocusIn event, you have to get a FocusOut
10746 event before you relinquish the focus. If you
10747 haven't received a FocusIn event, then a mere
10748 LeaveNotify is enough to free you. */
10752 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
10755 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
10757 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
10758 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
10759 || !(f
->auto_lower
)
10760 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
10762 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
10763 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
10766 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
10767 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
10770 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
10771 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
10772 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
10773 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
10778 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xfocus
.window
);
10779 if (event
.xfocus
.detail
!= NotifyPointer
)
10780 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= f
;
10783 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
10785 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
10786 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
10787 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
10788 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
10789 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
10791 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
10792 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
10794 ++bufp
, ++count
, --numchars
;
10799 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
10800 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
10806 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
10809 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
10811 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
10812 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
10813 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
10814 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10817 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
10818 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
10819 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
10820 the mouse leaves the frame. */
10821 if (any_help_event_p
)
10826 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10828 n
= gen_help_event (bufp
, numchars
,
10829 Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
10830 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
10834 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
10835 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
);
10838 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
10839 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10840 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
10841 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
10848 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xfocus
.window
);
10849 if (event
.xfocus
.detail
!= NotifyPointer
10850 && f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
10851 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10852 if (f
&& f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
10853 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
10856 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
10857 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
10864 previous_help_echo
= help_echo
;
10865 help_echo
= help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
10866 help_echo_pos
= -1;
10868 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
10869 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
10870 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
10872 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
10874 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
10876 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10877 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
10881 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
10884 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10885 struct scroll_bar
*bar
10886 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.window
);
10889 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
10890 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
10892 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
10893 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
10894 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
10897 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo
10898 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
10899 if (!NILP (help_echo
)
10900 || !NILP (previous_help_echo
))
10906 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10910 any_help_event_p
= 1;
10911 n
= gen_help_event (bufp
, numchars
, help_echo
, frame
,
10912 help_echo_window
, help_echo_object
,
10914 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
10920 case ConfigureNotify
:
10921 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
10924 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10925 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
10926 do this one, the right one will come later.
10927 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
10928 need to reset it below. */
10930 ((f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
10931 && FRAME_NEW_WIDTH (f
) != 0);
10932 int rows
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
10933 int columns
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
10937 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
10938 is called by the code that handles resizing
10939 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
10941 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
10942 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
10943 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
10944 if (columns
!= f
->width
10945 || rows
!= f
->height
10946 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_width
10947 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_height
)
10949 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
10950 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
10951 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
10955 f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_width
= event
.xconfigure
.width
;
10956 f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_height
= event
.xconfigure
.height
;
10958 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
10959 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
10960 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
,
10961 &f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
);
10963 x_check_fullscreen_move(f
);
10964 if (f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
10965 f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
&=
10966 ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
10968 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
10969 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
10972 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
10974 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
10975 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
10976 f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
10977 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
10980 /* Some window managers pass (0,0) as the location of
10981 the window, and the Motif event handler stores it
10982 in the emacs widget, which messes up Motif menus. */
10983 if (event
.xconfigure
.x
== 0 && event
.xconfigure
.y
== 0)
10985 event
.xconfigure
.x
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
10986 event
.xconfigure
.y
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
10988 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
10993 case ButtonRelease
:
10995 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
10996 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
10997 struct input_event emacs_event
;
10998 int tool_bar_p
= 0;
11000 emacs_event
.kind
= no_event
;
11001 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
11003 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
11004 && last_mouse_frame
11005 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
11006 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
11008 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
11012 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
11013 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
11014 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)->height
))
11016 Lisp_Object window
;
11019 x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
11020 y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
11023 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, &p
, 1);
11024 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
11026 x_handle_tool_bar_click (f
, &event
.xbutton
);
11032 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
11033 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
11034 construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event
, &event
, f
);
11038 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11039 struct scroll_bar
*bar
11040 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.window
);
11043 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &emacs_event
);
11044 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
11047 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
11049 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
11050 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
11051 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
11052 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
11053 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
11054 the ButtonPress. */
11056 f
->mouse_moved
= 0;
11059 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
11063 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
11066 if (numchars
>= 1 && emacs_event
.kind
!= no_event
)
11068 bcopy (&emacs_event
, bufp
, sizeof (struct input_event
));
11074 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11075 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
11076 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
11077 don't pass it to Xt right now.
11078 Instead, save it away
11079 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
11080 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
11081 if (f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
11082 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
11083 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
11084 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
11085 && event
.xbutton
.x
< f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_width
11086 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
11087 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
11088 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
11090 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
11091 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
11093 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
11095 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
11099 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
11100 but I am trying to be cautious. */
11101 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
11103 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
11105 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
11106 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
11107 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
11112 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
11115 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11119 case CirculateNotify
:
11122 case CirculateRequest
:
11125 case VisibilityNotify
:
11128 case MappingNotify
:
11129 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
11131 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
11133 case MappingModifier
:
11134 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
11135 /* This is meant to fall through. */
11136 case MappingKeyboard
:
11137 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
11143 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11145 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
11147 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11155 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
11156 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
11159 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
11160 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
11161 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
11163 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
11167 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
11168 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
11170 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
11172 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
11173 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
11177 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
11179 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
11180 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
11182 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
11183 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
11194 /***********************************************************************
11196 ***********************************************************************/
11198 /* Notice when the text cursor of window W has been completely
11199 overwritten by a drawing operation that outputs glyphs in AREA
11200 starting at X0 and ending at X1 in the line starting at Y0 and
11201 ending at Y1. X coordinates are area-relative. X1 < 0 means all
11202 the rest of the line after X0 has been written. Y coordinates
11203 are window-relative. */
11206 notice_overwritten_cursor (w
, area
, x0
, x1
, y0
, y1
)
11208 enum glyph_row_area area
;
11209 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
;
11211 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
11212 && w
->phys_cursor_on_p
11213 && y0
<= w
->phys_cursor
.y
11214 && y1
>= w
->phys_cursor
.y
+ w
->phys_cursor_height
11215 && x0
<= w
->phys_cursor
.x
11216 && (x1
< 0 || x1
> w
->phys_cursor
.x
))
11217 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
11221 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
11222 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
11223 WHOLE_LINE_P non-zero means include the areas used for truncation
11224 mark display and alike in the clipping rectangle.
11226 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
11227 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
11228 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
11231 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
, whole_line_p
)
11233 struct glyph_row
*row
;
11237 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
11238 XRectangle clip_rect
;
11239 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
, window_height
;
11241 window_box (w
, -1, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, &window_height
);
11243 clip_rect
.x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0);
11244 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
11245 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
11246 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
11247 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
11249 /* If clipping to the whole line, including trunc marks, extend
11250 the rectangle to the left and increase its width. */
11253 clip_rect
.x
-= FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
11254 clip_rect
.width
+= FRAME_X_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
11257 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
11261 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
11264 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
11266 struct glyph_row
*row
;
11268 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
11269 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
11270 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
11273 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
11276 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
11278 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
11279 y
= (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
)
11280 + row
->ascent
- w
->phys_cursor_ascent
);
11281 h
= row
->height
- 1;
11283 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
11284 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
11285 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
11286 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
11289 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
11290 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
11291 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
11293 wd
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- 1;
11294 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
11295 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
11296 wd
= min (CANON_X_UNIT (f
), wd
);
11298 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
11299 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
11300 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
11301 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
11302 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
11304 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
11305 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
11306 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
11308 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
11309 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
, 0);
11310 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
11311 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
11315 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
11317 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
11318 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
11319 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
11323 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
)
11325 struct glyph_row
*row
;
11328 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
11329 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
11331 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
11332 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
11333 and mini-buffer. */
11334 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
11335 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
11338 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
11339 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
11340 the bar might not be in the window. */
11341 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
11343 struct glyph_row
*row
;
11344 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
11345 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
11349 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
11350 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
11351 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
11352 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
11353 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
11356 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
11357 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
11358 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
11359 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
11360 that the glyph is legible. */
11361 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
11362 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
11364 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
11365 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
11368 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
11371 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
11372 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
11376 width
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_width
;
11377 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
11379 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
, 0);
11380 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
11381 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
11382 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
11383 width
, row
->height
);
11384 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
11389 /* Clear the cursor of window W to background color, and mark the
11390 cursor as not shown. This is used when the text where the cursor
11391 is is about to be rewritten. */
11397 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
)) && w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
11398 x_update_window_cursor (w
, 0);
11402 /* Draw the cursor glyph of window W in glyph row ROW. See the
11403 comment of x_draw_glyphs for the meaning of HL. */
11406 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, hl
)
11408 struct glyph_row
*row
;
11409 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
11411 /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can
11412 happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area
11413 glyphs and mini-buffer. */
11414 if (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
11416 int on_p
= w
->phys_cursor_on_p
;
11418 x_draw_glyphs (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
, row
, TEXT_AREA
,
11419 w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
+ 1,
11421 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= on_p
;
11423 /* When we erase the cursor, and ROW is overlapped by other
11424 rows, make sure that these overlapping parts of other rows
11426 if (hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
&& row
->overlapped_p
)
11428 if (row
> w
->current_matrix
->rows
11429 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row
- 1))
11430 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
- 1, TEXT_AREA
);
11432 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < window_text_bottom_y (w
)
11433 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row
+ 1))
11434 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
+ 1, TEXT_AREA
);
11440 /* Erase the image of a cursor of window W from the screen. */
11443 x_erase_phys_cursor (w
)
11446 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
11447 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
11448 int hpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
;
11449 int vpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
;
11450 int mouse_face_here_p
= 0;
11451 struct glyph_matrix
*active_glyphs
= w
->current_matrix
;
11452 struct glyph_row
*cursor_row
;
11453 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
11454 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
11456 /* No cursor displayed or row invalidated => nothing to do on the
11458 if (w
->phys_cursor_type
== NO_CURSOR
)
11459 goto mark_cursor_off
;
11461 /* VPOS >= active_glyphs->nrows means that window has been resized.
11462 Don't bother to erase the cursor. */
11463 if (vpos
>= active_glyphs
->nrows
)
11464 goto mark_cursor_off
;
11466 /* If row containing cursor is marked invalid, there is nothing we
11468 cursor_row
= MATRIX_ROW (active_glyphs
, vpos
);
11469 if (!cursor_row
->enabled_p
)
11470 goto mark_cursor_off
;
11472 /* If row is completely invisible, don't attempt to delete a cursor which
11473 isn't there. This can happen if cursor is at top of a window, and
11474 we switch to a buffer with a header line in that window. */
11475 if (cursor_row
->visible_height
<= 0)
11476 goto mark_cursor_off
;
11478 /* This can happen when the new row is shorter than the old one.
11479 In this case, either x_draw_glyphs or clear_end_of_line
11480 should have cleared the cursor. Note that we wouldn't be
11481 able to erase the cursor in this case because we don't have a
11482 cursor glyph at hand. */
11483 if (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= cursor_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
11484 goto mark_cursor_off
;
11486 /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when
11487 we clear the cursor. */
11488 if (! NILP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
11489 && w
== XWINDOW (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
11490 && (vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
11491 || (vpos
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
11492 && hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
))
11493 && (vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
11494 || (vpos
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
11495 && hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
))
11496 /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face if it is at the
11497 end of a line (on a newline). The cursor appears there, but
11498 mouse highlighting does not. */
11499 && cursor_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] > hpos
)
11500 mouse_face_here_p
= 1;
11502 /* Maybe clear the display under the cursor. */
11503 if (w
->phys_cursor_type
== HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
)
11506 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
11508 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
11509 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
11510 goto mark_cursor_off
;
11512 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
11514 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
11516 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
11518 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
11519 cursor_row
->visible_height
,
11523 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
11524 if (mouse_face_here_p
)
11525 hl
= DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
;
11527 hl
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
11528 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, cursor_row
, hl
);
11531 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
11532 w
->phys_cursor_type
= NO_CURSOR
;
11536 /* Non-zero if physical cursor of window W is within mouse face. */
11539 cursor_in_mouse_face_p (w
)
11542 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
11543 int in_mouse_face
= 0;
11545 if (WINDOWP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
11546 && XWINDOW (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
) == w
)
11548 int hpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
;
11549 int vpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
;
11551 if (vpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
11552 && vpos
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
11553 && (vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
11554 || hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
11555 && (vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
11556 || hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
11557 || dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
))
11561 return in_mouse_face
;
11565 /* Display or clear cursor of window W. If ON is zero, clear the
11566 cursor. If it is non-zero, display the cursor. If ON is nonzero,
11567 where to put the cursor is specified by HPOS, VPOS, X and Y. */
11570 x_display_and_set_cursor (w
, on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
)
11572 int on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
;
11574 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
11575 int new_cursor_type
;
11576 int new_cursor_width
;
11577 struct glyph_matrix
*current_glyphs
;
11578 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
11579 struct glyph
*glyph
;
11580 int cursor_non_selected
;
11582 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
11583 windows and frames; in the latter case, the frame or window may
11584 be in the midst of changing its size, and x and y may be off the
11586 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
11587 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
)
11588 || vpos
>= w
->current_matrix
->nrows
11589 || hpos
>= w
->current_matrix
->matrix_w
)
11592 /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */
11593 if (!on
&& !w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
11596 current_glyphs
= w
->current_matrix
;
11597 glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (current_glyphs
, vpos
);
11598 glyph
= glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + hpos
;
11600 /* If cursor row is not enabled, we don't really know where to
11601 display the cursor. */
11602 if (!glyph_row
->enabled_p
)
11604 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
11608 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked
);
11610 /* Set new_cursor_type to the cursor we want to be displayed. In a
11611 mini-buffer window, we want the cursor only to appear if we are
11612 reading input from this window. For the selected window, we want
11613 the cursor type given by the frame parameter. If explicitly
11614 marked off, draw no cursor. In all other cases, we want a hollow
11616 cursor_non_selected
11617 = !NILP (Fbuffer_local_value (Qcursor_in_non_selected_windows
,
11619 new_cursor_width
= -1;
11620 if (cursor_in_echo_area
11621 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f
)
11622 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f
), echo_area_window
))
11624 if (w
== XWINDOW (echo_area_window
))
11625 new_cursor_type
= FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f
);
11626 else if (cursor_non_selected
)
11627 new_cursor_type
= HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
11629 new_cursor_type
= NO_CURSOR
;
11633 if (f
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
11634 || w
!= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
11636 if ((MINI_WINDOW_P (w
) && minibuf_level
== 0)
11637 || !cursor_non_selected
11638 || NILP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->cursor_type
))
11639 new_cursor_type
= NO_CURSOR
;
11641 new_cursor_type
= HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
11643 else if (w
->cursor_off_p
)
11644 new_cursor_type
= NO_CURSOR
;
11647 struct buffer
*b
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
11649 if (EQ (b
->cursor_type
, Qt
))
11650 new_cursor_type
= FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f
);
11652 new_cursor_type
= x_specified_cursor_type (b
->cursor_type
,
11653 &new_cursor_width
);
11657 /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be or
11658 it is in the wrong place, or the cursor type is not what we want,
11660 if (w
->phys_cursor_on_p
11662 || w
->phys_cursor
.x
!= x
11663 || w
->phys_cursor
.y
!= y
11664 || new_cursor_type
!= w
->phys_cursor_type
))
11665 x_erase_phys_cursor (w
);
11667 /* If the cursor is now invisible and we want it to be visible,
11669 if (on
&& !w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
11671 w
->phys_cursor_ascent
= glyph_row
->ascent
;
11672 w
->phys_cursor_height
= glyph_row
->height
;
11674 /* Set phys_cursor_.* before x_draw_.* is called because some
11675 of them may need the information. */
11676 w
->phys_cursor
.x
= x
;
11677 w
->phys_cursor
.y
= glyph_row
->y
;
11678 w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
= hpos
;
11679 w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
= vpos
;
11680 w
->phys_cursor_type
= new_cursor_type
;
11681 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
11683 switch (new_cursor_type
)
11685 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
11686 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
11689 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
11690 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
11694 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, new_cursor_width
);
11705 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
11706 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
11707 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
11712 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
11713 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11718 /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it. X and Y are window
11719 relative pixel coordinates. HPOS and VPOS are glyph matrix
11720 positions. If W is not the selected window, display a hollow
11721 cursor. ON non-zero means display the cursor at X, Y which
11722 correspond to HPOS, VPOS, otherwise it is cleared. */
11725 x_display_cursor (w
, on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
)
11727 int on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
;
11730 x_display_and_set_cursor (w
, on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
);
11735 /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it, according to ON_P.
11736 Don't change the cursor's position. */
11739 x_update_cursor (f
, on_p
)
11742 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
), on_p
);
11746 /* Call x_update_window_cursor with parameter ON_P on all leaf windows
11747 in the window tree rooted at W. */
11750 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (w
, on_p
)
11756 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
11757 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->hchild
), on_p
);
11758 else if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
11759 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->vchild
), on_p
);
11761 x_update_window_cursor (w
, on_p
);
11763 w
= NILP (w
->next
) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w
->next
);
11768 /* Switch the display of W's cursor on or off, according to the value
11772 x_update_window_cursor (w
, on
)
11776 /* Don't update cursor in windows whose frame is in the process
11777 of being deleted. */
11778 if (w
->current_matrix
)
11781 x_display_and_set_cursor (w
, on
, w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
,
11782 w
->phys_cursor
.x
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
);
11792 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
11795 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
11801 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
11804 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap if any. */
11805 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
11806 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
11807 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
11809 if (STRINGP (file
))
11810 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
11813 /* Create the GNU bitmap if necessary. */
11814 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
11815 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
11816 = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_bits
,
11817 gnu_width
, gnu_height
);
11819 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap,
11820 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
11821 As a result, the GNU bitmap is never freed.
11822 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
11823 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
11825 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
11828 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
11829 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
11835 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
11836 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
11839 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
11843 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
11848 XTextProperty text
;
11849 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
11850 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
11852 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
11853 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11854 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
11856 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11857 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
11858 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11860 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
11861 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
11862 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
11864 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
11865 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
11866 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
11867 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
11872 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
11874 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
11875 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
11877 static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string
;
11879 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
11880 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
11881 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
11884 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
11886 XErrorEvent
*error
;
11888 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
11889 XSTRING (x_error_message_string
)->data
,
11890 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
11893 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
11894 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
11897 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
11898 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
11899 stored in x_error_message_string.
11901 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
11902 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
11904 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
11906 void x_check_errors ();
11907 static Lisp_Object
x_catch_errors_unwind ();
11910 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
11913 int count
= specpdl_ptr
- specpdl
;
11915 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
11916 XSync (dpy
, False
);
11918 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind
, x_error_message_string
);
11920 x_error_message_string
= make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
11921 XSTRING (x_error_message_string
)->data
[0] = 0;
11926 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
11929 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val
)
11930 Lisp_Object old_val
;
11932 x_error_message_string
= old_val
;
11936 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
11937 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
11938 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
11941 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
11945 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
11946 XSync (dpy
, False
);
11948 if (XSTRING (x_error_message_string
)->data
[0])
11949 error (format
, XSTRING (x_error_message_string
)->data
);
11952 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
11953 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
11956 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
11959 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
11960 XSync (dpy
, False
);
11962 return XSTRING (x_error_message_string
)->data
[0] != 0;
11965 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
11968 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
11971 XSTRING (x_error_message_string
)->data
[0] = 0;
11974 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
11975 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
11976 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
11977 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
11980 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
)
11984 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
11988 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
11991 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
11996 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
11997 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
11998 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
11999 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
12000 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
12003 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
12004 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
12007 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
12008 must reestablish each time */
12009 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
12014 /************************************************************************
12016 ************************************************************************/
12018 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
12020 static char *error_msg
;
12022 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
12023 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
12024 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
12027 x_fatal_error_signal ()
12029 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
12033 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
12034 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
12037 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
12039 char *error_message
;
12041 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
12042 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
12045 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
12046 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
12047 handling_signal
= 0;
12049 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
12050 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
12051 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
12052 the original message here. */
12053 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
12055 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
12056 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
12057 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
12059 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
12060 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
12061 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
12063 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
12064 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
12066 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
12067 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
12068 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
12070 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12071 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
12072 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
12075 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
12076 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
12077 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
12078 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
12082 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
12084 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
12086 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
12087 that are on the dead display. */
12088 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
12090 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
12092 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
12093 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
12094 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
12095 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
12096 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
12097 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
12100 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
12101 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
12102 for another frame that we need to delete. */
12103 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
12104 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
12105 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
12107 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
12108 trying to find a replacement. */
12109 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
12110 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
12114 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
12116 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
12118 if (x_display_list
== 0)
12120 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
12121 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
12125 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
12127 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
12129 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
12130 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
12132 clear_waiting_for_input ();
12133 error ("%s", error_msg
);
12137 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
12138 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
12139 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
12142 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
12144 XErrorEvent
*error
;
12146 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
12148 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
12149 original error handler. */
12151 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
12152 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
12153 buf
, error
->request_code
);
12154 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
12158 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
12159 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
12162 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
12164 XErrorEvent
*error
;
12166 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string
))
12167 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
12169 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
12173 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
12174 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
12175 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
12178 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
12183 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
12184 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
12188 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
12190 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
12191 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
12192 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
12193 The return value shows which font we chose. */
12196 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
12198 register char *fontname
;
12200 struct font_info
*fontp
12201 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
12206 f
->output_data
.x
->font
= (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
12207 f
->output_data
.x
->baseline_offset
= fontp
->baseline_offset
;
12208 f
->output_data
.x
->fontset
= -1;
12210 x_compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
12212 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
12213 if (f
->scroll_bar_pixel_width
> 0)
12215 int wid
= FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
12216 f
->scroll_bar_cols
= (f
->scroll_bar_pixel_width
+ wid
-1) / wid
;
12220 int wid
= FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
12221 f
->scroll_bar_cols
= (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
12224 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
12225 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
12227 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
12228 f
->output_data
.x
->font
->fid
);
12229 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
12230 f
->output_data
.x
->font
->fid
);
12231 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
12232 f
->output_data
.x
->font
->fid
);
12234 frame_update_line_height (f
);
12236 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
12237 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
12238 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
12239 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
12240 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, f
->width
, f
->height
);
12243 /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time,
12244 there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */
12245 f
->output_data
.x
->line_height
= FONT_HEIGHT (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
12247 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
12250 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
12251 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
12252 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
12253 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
12256 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
12260 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
12261 Lisp_Object result
;
12266 if (f
->output_data
.x
->fontset
== fontset
)
12267 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
12269 return fontset_name (fontset
);
12271 result
= x_new_font (f
, (XSTRING (fontset_ascii (fontset
))->data
));
12273 if (!STRINGP (result
))
12274 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
12277 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
12278 f
->output_data
.x
->fontset
= fontset
;
12282 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
12283 xic_set_xfontset (f
, XSTRING (fontset_ascii (fontset
))->data
);
12286 return build_string (fontsetname
);
12289 /* Compute actual fringe widths */
12292 x_compute_fringe_widths (f
, redraw
)
12296 int o_left
= f
->output_data
.x
->left_fringe_width
;
12297 int o_right
= f
->output_data
.x
->right_fringe_width
;
12298 int o_cols
= f
->output_data
.x
->fringe_cols
;
12300 Lisp_Object left_fringe
= Fassq (Qleft_fringe
, f
->param_alist
);
12301 Lisp_Object right_fringe
= Fassq (Qright_fringe
, f
->param_alist
);
12302 int left_fringe_width
, right_fringe_width
;
12304 if (!NILP (left_fringe
))
12305 left_fringe
= Fcdr (left_fringe
);
12306 if (!NILP (right_fringe
))
12307 right_fringe
= Fcdr (right_fringe
);
12309 left_fringe_width
= ((NILP (left_fringe
) || !INTEGERP (left_fringe
)) ? 8 :
12310 XINT (left_fringe
));
12311 right_fringe_width
= ((NILP (right_fringe
) || !INTEGERP (right_fringe
)) ? 8 :
12312 XINT (right_fringe
));
12314 if (left_fringe_width
|| right_fringe_width
)
12316 int left_wid
= left_fringe_width
>= 0 ? left_fringe_width
: -left_fringe_width
;
12317 int right_wid
= right_fringe_width
>= 0 ? right_fringe_width
: -right_fringe_width
;
12318 int conf_wid
= left_wid
+ right_wid
;
12319 int font_wid
= FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
12320 int cols
= (left_wid
+ right_wid
+ font_wid
-1) / font_wid
;
12321 int real_wid
= cols
* font_wid
;
12322 if (left_wid
&& right_wid
)
12324 if (left_fringe_width
< 0)
12326 /* Left fringe width is fixed, adjust right fringe if necessary */
12327 f
->output_data
.x
->left_fringe_width
= left_wid
;
12328 f
->output_data
.x
->right_fringe_width
= real_wid
- left_wid
;
12330 else if (right_fringe_width
< 0)
12332 /* Right fringe width is fixed, adjust left fringe if necessary */
12333 f
->output_data
.x
->left_fringe_width
= real_wid
- right_wid
;
12334 f
->output_data
.x
->right_fringe_width
= right_wid
;
12338 /* Adjust both fringes with an equal amount.
12339 Note that we are doing integer arithmetic here, so don't
12340 lose a pixel if the total width is an odd number. */
12341 int fill
= real_wid
- conf_wid
;
12342 f
->output_data
.x
->left_fringe_width
= left_wid
+ fill
/2;
12343 f
->output_data
.x
->right_fringe_width
= right_wid
+ fill
- fill
/2;
12346 else if (left_fringe_width
)
12348 f
->output_data
.x
->left_fringe_width
= real_wid
;
12349 f
->output_data
.x
->right_fringe_width
= 0;
12353 f
->output_data
.x
->left_fringe_width
= 0;
12354 f
->output_data
.x
->right_fringe_width
= real_wid
;
12356 f
->output_data
.x
->fringe_cols
= cols
;
12357 f
->output_data
.x
->fringes_extra
= real_wid
;
12361 f
->output_data
.x
->left_fringe_width
= 0;
12362 f
->output_data
.x
->right_fringe_width
= 0;
12363 f
->output_data
.x
->fringe_cols
= 0;
12364 f
->output_data
.x
->fringes_extra
= 0;
12367 if (redraw
&& FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
12368 if (o_left
!= f
->output_data
.x
->left_fringe_width
||
12369 o_right
!= f
->output_data
.x
->right_fringe_width
||
12370 o_cols
!= f
->output_data
.x
->fringe_cols
)
12374 /***********************************************************************
12376 ***********************************************************************/
12382 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
12383 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
12384 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
12387 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
12389 XPointer client_data
;
12390 XPointer call_data
;
12392 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
12393 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
12397 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
12398 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
12400 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
12401 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
12403 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
12404 if (FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
))
12406 XFreeFontSet (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
));
12407 FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
) = NULL
;
12412 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
12413 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
12414 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
12418 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
12420 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
12421 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
12424 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
12425 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
12426 char *resource_name
;
12431 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
12432 dpyinfo
->xim
= xim
;
12437 XIMCallback destroy
;
12440 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
12441 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
12444 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
12445 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
12446 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0. */
12447 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
12451 #else /* not USE_XIM */
12452 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
12453 #endif /* not USE_XIM */
12457 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
12461 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
12462 char *resource_name
;
12465 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
12466 server is available. DISPLAY is teh display of the XIM.
12467 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
12468 when the callback was registered. */
12471 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
12473 XPointer client_data
;
12474 XPointer call_data
;
12476 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
12477 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
12479 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
12483 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
12485 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
12486 as they have no XIC. */
12487 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
12489 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
12492 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
12494 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
12496 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
12497 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
12499 create_frame_xic (f
);
12500 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
12501 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
12502 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
12504 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
12505 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
12514 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
12517 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
12518 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
12519 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
12520 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
12523 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
12524 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
12525 char *resource_name
;
12528 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
12529 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
12532 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
12533 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
12534 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
12535 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
12536 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
12537 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
12538 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
12539 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
12540 xim_instantiate_callback
,
12541 /* Fixme: This is XPointer in
12542 XFree86 but (XPointer *) on
12543 Tru64, at least. */
12544 (XPointer
) xim_inst
);
12545 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
12546 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
12547 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
12548 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
12550 #else /* not USE_XIM */
12551 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
12552 #endif /* not USE_XIM */
12556 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
12559 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
12560 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
12563 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
12564 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
12565 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
12567 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
12568 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
12569 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
12570 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
12571 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
12572 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
12573 #endif /* USE_XIM */
12576 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
12580 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
12581 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
12584 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
12588 int win_x
= 0, win_y
= 0;
12589 int flags
= f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
;
12592 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
12593 is already for the top-left corner. */
12594 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
12597 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12598 this_window
= XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
12600 this_window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
12603 /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of
12604 the inner window, with respect to the outer window.
12605 But do this only if we will need the results. */
12606 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
12611 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
12614 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
12615 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
12617 /* From-window, to-window. */
12619 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
,
12621 /* From-position, to-position. */
12622 0, 0, &win_x
, &win_y
,
12624 /* Child of win. */
12626 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
12628 Window newroot
, newparent
= 0xdeadbeef;
12629 Window
*newchildren
;
12630 unsigned int nchildren
;
12632 if (! XQueryTree (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), this_window
, &newroot
,
12633 &newparent
, &newchildren
, &nchildren
))
12636 XFree ((char *) newchildren
);
12638 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= newparent
;
12644 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
12648 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
12649 position that fits on the screen. */
12650 if (flags
& XNegative
)
12651 f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
12652 - 2 * f
->output_data
.x
->border_width
- win_x
12654 + f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
);
12657 int height
= PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
12659 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
12660 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
12661 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
12663 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
12664 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
12665 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
12666 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
12669 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
12670 2000-12-01, gerd. */
12672 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
12675 if (flags
& YNegative
)
12676 f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
12677 - 2 * f
->output_data
.x
->border_width
12680 + f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
);
12683 /* The left_pos and top_pos
12684 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
12685 so the flags should correspond. */
12686 f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
12689 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
12690 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
12691 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
12692 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
12693 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
12696 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
12698 register int xoff
, yoff
;
12699 int change_gravity
;
12701 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
12703 if (change_gravity
> 0)
12705 f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
= yoff
;
12706 f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
= xoff
;
12707 f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
12709 f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
12711 f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
12712 f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
12714 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
12717 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
12719 modified_left
= f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
;
12720 modified_top
= f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
;
12721 #if 0 /* Running on psilocin (Debian), and displaying on the NCD X-terminal,
12722 this seems to be unnecessary and incorrect. rms, 4/17/97. */
12723 /* It is a mystery why we need to add the border_width here
12724 when the frame is already visible, but experiment says we do. */
12725 if (change_gravity
!= 0)
12727 modified_left
+= f
->output_data
.x
->border_width
;
12728 modified_top
+= f
->output_data
.x
->border_width
;
12732 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12733 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
12734 modified_left
, modified_top
);
12735 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12736 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
12737 modified_left
, modified_top
);
12738 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12742 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
12743 If so needed, resize the frame. */
12745 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
12748 if (f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
12750 int width
, height
, ign
;
12752 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
,
12753 &f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
);
12755 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
12757 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
12758 when setting WM manager hints.
12759 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
12760 x_check_fullscreen_move. */
12761 if (f
->width
!= width
|| f
->height
!= height
)
12763 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
12764 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
12765 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
12767 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
12768 f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
12774 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
12775 the window. This is done in xfns.c.
12776 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
12777 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
12778 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
12779 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
12781 x_check_fullscreen_move (f
)
12784 if (f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_MOVE_WAIT
)
12786 int expect_top
= f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
;
12787 int expect_left
= f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
;
12789 if (f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
12791 if (f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
12794 if (expect_top
!= f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
12795 || expect_left
!= f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
)
12796 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 1);
12798 /* Just do this once */
12799 f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
&= ~FULLSCREEN_MOVE_WAIT
;
12804 /* Calculate fullscreen size. Return in *TOP_POS and *LEFT_POS the
12805 wanted positions of the WM window (not emacs window).
12806 Return in *WIDTH and *HEIGHT the wanted width and height of Emacs
12807 window (FRAME_X_WINDOW).
12810 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, width
, height
, top_pos
, left_pos
)
12817 int newwidth
= f
->width
, newheight
= f
->height
;
12819 *top_pos
= f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
;
12820 *left_pos
= f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
;
12822 if (f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
12826 ph
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
;
12827 newheight
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f
, ph
);
12828 ph
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, newheight
)
12829 - f
->output_data
.x
->y_pixels_diff
;
12830 newheight
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f
, ph
);
12834 if (f
->output_data
.x
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
12838 pw
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
;
12839 newwidth
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f
, pw
);
12840 pw
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, newwidth
)
12841 - f
->output_data
.x
->x_pixels_diff
;
12842 newwidth
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f
, pw
);
12847 *height
= newheight
;
12851 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
12852 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
12853 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
12854 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
12857 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
12859 int change_gravity
;
12862 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
12864 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
12865 f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_scroll_bar_extra
12866 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
12868 : FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) > 0
12869 ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
12870 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
)));
12872 x_compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
12874 pixelwidth
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
12875 pixelheight
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
12877 f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
12878 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
12880 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
12881 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
12882 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
12884 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
12885 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
12886 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
12887 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
12889 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
12890 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
12891 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
12892 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
12893 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
12895 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
12897 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
12898 PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
12899 PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
12901 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
12902 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
12903 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
12904 we have to make sure to do it here. */
12905 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
12907 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
12911 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
12912 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
12913 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
12914 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
12917 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
12919 int change_gravity
;
12924 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12926 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
12928 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
12929 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
12930 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
12931 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
12932 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
12933 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
12934 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
12935 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
12936 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
12939 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
12941 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12943 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
12945 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12947 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
12948 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
12950 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
12951 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
12952 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
12953 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
12954 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
12959 /* Mouse warping. */
12962 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
12968 pix_x
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f
, x
) + FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
) / 2;
12969 pix_y
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f
, y
) + f
->output_data
.x
->line_height
/ 2;
12971 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
12972 if (pix_x
> PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
12974 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
12975 if (pix_y
> PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
12979 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
12980 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
12984 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
12987 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
12993 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
12994 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
12998 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
13001 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
13004 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
13008 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
13009 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
13010 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
13011 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
13012 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
13017 x_unfocus_frame (f
)
13021 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
13022 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
13023 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
13024 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
13028 /* Raise frame F. */
13034 if (f
->async_visible
)
13037 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13038 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
));
13039 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13040 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
13041 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13042 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
13047 /* Lower frame F. */
13053 if (f
->async_visible
)
13056 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13057 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
));
13058 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13059 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
13060 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13061 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
13067 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
13077 /* Change of visibility. */
13079 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
13080 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
13081 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
13082 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
13083 but it will become visible later when the window manager
13084 finishes with it. */
13087 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
13091 int original_top
, original_left
;
13092 int retry_count
= 2;
13098 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
13100 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
13102 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
13104 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
13105 call x_set_offset a second time
13106 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
13107 before the window gets really visible. */
13108 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
13109 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
13110 x_set_offset (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
, f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
, 0);
13112 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
13114 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
13115 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
13116 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13117 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
13118 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
13119 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13120 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
13121 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13122 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
13123 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
13124 to come back ok without this. */
13125 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
13126 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
13130 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
13132 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
13133 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
13134 so that incoming events are handled. */
13138 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
13139 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
13140 will set it when they are handled. */
13141 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
13143 original_left
= f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
;
13144 original_top
= f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
;
13146 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
13149 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
13151 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
13152 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
13153 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
13154 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
13156 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
13157 because the window manager may choose the position
13158 and we don't want to override it. */
13160 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
13161 && f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
13162 && previously_visible
)
13166 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
13170 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
13171 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
13172 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
13173 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
13174 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
13175 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
13176 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
13177 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
13178 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
13180 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
13181 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
13182 original_left
, original_top
);
13187 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
13189 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
13190 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
13191 MapNotify at all.. */
13192 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
13193 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
13195 /* Force processing of queued events. */
13198 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
13199 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
13200 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
13201 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
13202 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
13204 if (input_polling_used ())
13206 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
13207 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
13208 handler reset it. */
13209 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
13210 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
13211 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
13212 poll_for_input_1 ();
13213 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
13216 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
13217 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
13222 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
13226 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
13227 FreeBSD, Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
13228 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
13229 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
13231 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
13236 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
13238 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
13241 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
13246 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13247 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
13248 window
= XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
13249 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13250 window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
13251 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13253 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
13254 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
13255 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
13257 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
13258 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
13264 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
13265 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
13266 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
13267 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
13268 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
13269 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
13273 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
13274 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
13276 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
13277 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
13279 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
13281 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
13282 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
13286 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
13287 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
13288 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
13289 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
13290 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
13291 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
13293 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
13296 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
13297 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
13301 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
13302 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
13303 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
13305 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
13306 just by the event that we get from the server.
13307 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
13308 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
13309 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
13311 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
13312 f
->async_visible
= 0;
13313 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
13320 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
13323 x_iconify_frame (f
)
13329 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
13330 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
13331 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
13333 if (f
->async_iconified
)
13338 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
13340 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
13342 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
13344 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13346 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
13348 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
13349 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
13350 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
13351 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
13352 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
13353 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
13354 so we have to record it here. */
13357 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
13358 f
->async_visible
= 0;
13363 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
13364 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
13365 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
13369 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
13371 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
13372 f
->async_visible
= 0;
13376 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
13378 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13380 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
13381 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
13382 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
13383 x_set_offset (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
, f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
, 0);
13385 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
13386 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
13388 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
13389 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
13393 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
13394 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
13395 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
13396 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
13397 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
13399 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
13400 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
13402 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
13405 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
13406 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
13410 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
13412 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
13414 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
13416 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
13417 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
13420 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
13421 f
->async_visible
= 0;
13423 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
13425 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13429 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
13432 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
13435 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
13437 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
13441 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
13442 commands to the X server. */
13443 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
13445 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
13446 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
13448 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13449 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
13450 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
13451 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
13452 toolkit scroll bars. */
13453 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
13455 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
13456 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
13462 free_frame_xic (f
);
13465 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13466 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
13468 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
13469 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
13471 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
13472 we are using a toolkit. */
13473 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
13474 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
13476 free_frame_menubar (f
);
13477 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13478 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
13479 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
13480 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13482 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
13483 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
13484 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
13485 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
13486 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
13487 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
13489 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
13490 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
13491 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
13492 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
13493 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
13494 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
13495 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
13496 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
13497 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
13498 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
13499 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
13500 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
13501 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
13502 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
13503 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
13505 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
13506 free_frame_faces (f
);
13509 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
13512 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
13513 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
13515 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
13516 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
13518 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
13519 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
13520 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
13521 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
13522 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
13523 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
13525 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
13527 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
13528 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
13529 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
13530 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
13531 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
13532 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
13533 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
13540 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
13543 x_destroy_window (f
)
13546 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
13548 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
13549 commands to the X server. */
13550 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
13551 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
13553 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
13557 /* Setting window manager hints. */
13559 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
13560 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
13561 that the window now has.
13562 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
13563 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */
13566 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
13571 XSizeHints size_hints
;
13573 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13576 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
13577 Window window
= XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
13578 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13579 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
13580 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13582 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
13583 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
13585 size_hints
.x
= f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
;
13586 size_hints
.y
= f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
;
13588 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13589 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
13590 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
13591 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
13592 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
13593 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
13594 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13595 size_hints
.height
= PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
13596 size_hints
.width
= PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
13597 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13599 size_hints
.width_inc
= FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
13600 size_hints
.height_inc
= f
->output_data
.x
->line_height
;
13601 size_hints
.max_width
13602 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
13603 size_hints
.max_height
13604 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
13606 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
13608 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
13609 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
13610 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13612 int base_width
, base_height
;
13613 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
13615 base_width
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
13616 base_height
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
13618 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
13620 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
13621 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
13622 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
13623 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
13624 zero-row, zero-column frame.
13626 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
13627 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
13628 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
13631 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
13632 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
13633 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
13634 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
13635 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
13637 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
13638 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
13642 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
13645 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
13648 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13651 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
13652 long supplied_return
;
13656 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
13659 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
13662 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13663 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
13664 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
13665 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
13666 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
13670 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
13675 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
13676 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
13677 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
13678 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
13679 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
13680 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
13681 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
13682 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
13686 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13691 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
;
13692 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
13696 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
13697 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
13699 #endif /* PWinGravity */
13702 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
13704 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
13708 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
13711 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
13715 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13718 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
13719 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
13720 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13721 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
13723 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
13724 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
13726 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
13727 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13731 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
13735 Pixmap icon_pixmap
;
13737 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13738 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
13743 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
13744 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
13748 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
13749 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
13750 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
13751 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
13752 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
13753 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
13754 best to explicitly give up. */
13756 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
13762 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
13766 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
13767 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
13770 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13772 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPixmapHint
;
13773 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
13775 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13779 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
13781 int icon_x
, icon_y
;
13783 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13784 Window window
= XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
13786 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
13789 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
13790 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
13791 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
13793 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
13797 /***********************************************************************
13799 ***********************************************************************/
13801 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
13804 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
13808 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
13812 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
13814 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
13817 SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts.
13819 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
13820 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
13821 on how many fonts to match. */
13824 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
13826 Lisp_Object pattern
;
13830 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
13831 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
13832 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
13833 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
13834 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
13835 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
13837 int allow_scalable_fonts_p
= 0;
13841 allow_scalable_fonts_p
= 1;
13845 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
13846 if (NILP (patterns
))
13847 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
13849 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
13850 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
13851 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
13853 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
13856 char **names
= NULL
;
13858 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
13859 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
13860 The cache is an alist of the form:
13861 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
13862 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
13863 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
13864 allow_scalable_fonts_p
? Qt
: Qnil
);
13865 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
13868 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
13869 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
13873 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
13876 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
13878 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
13881 unsigned long value
;
13883 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, XSTRING (pattern
)->data
);
13884 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
13886 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
13887 server. Let's just ignore it. */
13889 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
13893 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
13895 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
13896 int len
= strlen (name
);
13899 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
13900 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
13901 string. We must avoid such a name. */
13903 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
13907 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
13908 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
13910 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
13911 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
13916 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
13919 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
13922 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
13924 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
13925 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
13926 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, XSTRING (pattern
)->data
, max (maxnames
, 10),
13928 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
13930 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
13931 server. Let's just ignore it. */
13933 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
13937 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
13944 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
13945 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
13946 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
13949 char *p
= names
[i
];
13950 int average_width
= -1, dashes
= 0;
13952 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
13953 14 dashes, and the field value following 12th dash
13954 (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a auto-scaled font which
13955 is usually too ugly to be used for editing. Let's
13961 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
13963 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
13964 average_width
= atoi (p
);
13967 if (allow_scalable_fonts_p
13968 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0)
13970 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
13971 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
13973 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
13974 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
13975 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
13977 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
13978 width of this font. */
13979 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
13981 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
13982 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
13987 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
13990 XFreeFontNames (names
);
13995 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
13996 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
13997 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
14000 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
14002 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
14003 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
14004 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
14010 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
14014 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
14018 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
14020 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
14021 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
14022 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
14025 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
14026 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
14027 XSTRING (XCAR (tem
))->data
);
14028 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
14030 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
14031 server. Let's just ignore it. */
14033 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
14035 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
14041 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
14043 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
14045 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
14049 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
14050 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
14051 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
14052 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
14055 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
14056 if (found_size
== size
)
14057 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
14058 else if (found_size
> 0)
14060 if (NILP (second_best
))
14062 else if (found_size
< size
)
14064 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
14065 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
14070 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
14071 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
14076 if (!NILP (newlist
))
14078 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
14080 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
14091 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
14095 x_check_font (f
, font
)
14100 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
14102 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
14104 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
14105 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
14106 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
14109 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
14112 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
14114 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
14115 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
14116 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
14117 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
14118 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
14121 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
14125 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
14126 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
14128 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
14129 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
14130 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
14132 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
14136 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
14137 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
14138 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
14139 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
14140 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
14143 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
14147 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
14149 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
14150 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
14152 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
14153 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
14155 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
14156 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
14158 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
14161 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
14162 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
14163 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
14165 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
14166 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
14169 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
14170 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
14172 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
14173 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
14174 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
14178 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
14179 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
14180 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
14181 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
14184 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
14186 register char *fontname
;
14189 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
14190 Lisp_Object font_names
;
14193 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
14194 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
14195 we already have by comparing names. */
14196 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
14198 if (!NILP (font_names
))
14203 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
14204 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
14205 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
14206 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
14207 XSTRING (XCAR (tail
))->data
)
14208 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
14209 XSTRING (XCAR (tail
))->data
)))
14210 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
14213 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
14217 struct font_info
*fontp
;
14218 unsigned long value
;
14221 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
14222 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
14223 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
14224 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
14225 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
14226 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
14227 fontname
= (char *) XSTRING (XCAR (font_names
))->data
;
14230 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
14231 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
14232 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
14234 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
14235 server. Let's just ignore it. */
14237 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
14239 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
14244 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
14245 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
14246 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
14249 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
14250 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
14251 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
14254 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
14255 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
14256 dpyinfo
->font_table
14257 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
14260 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
14261 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
14262 ++dpyinfo
->n_fonts
;
14264 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
14266 fontp
->font
= font
;
14267 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
14268 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
14269 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
14271 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
14273 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
14275 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
14279 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
14280 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
14282 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
14293 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
14294 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
14300 if (full_name
!= 0)
14301 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
14303 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
14305 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
14306 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
14308 if (NILP (font_names
))
14310 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
14311 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
14312 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
14313 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
14314 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
14315 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
14318 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
14320 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
14321 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
14323 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
14326 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
14328 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
14330 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
14331 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
14333 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
14337 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
14338 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
14339 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
14340 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
14341 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
14342 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
14343 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
14344 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
14346 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
14348 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
14349 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
14350 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
14351 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
14352 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
14354 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
14355 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
14356 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
14357 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
14358 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
14359 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
14360 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
14361 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
14362 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
14363 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
14364 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
14365 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
14366 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
14368 fontp
->baseline_offset
14369 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
14370 ? (long) value
: 0);
14371 fontp
->relative_compose
14372 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
14373 ? (long) value
: 0);
14374 fontp
->default_ascent
14375 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
14376 ? (long) value
: 0);
14378 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
14379 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
14380 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
14381 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
14382 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
14383 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
14390 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
14391 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
14394 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
14396 register char *fontname
;
14398 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
14401 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
14402 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
14403 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
14404 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
14405 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
14410 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
14411 `encoder' of the structure. */
14414 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
14415 struct font_info
*fontp
;
14417 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
14420 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
14424 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
14425 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
14427 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
14434 struct ccl_program
*ccl
14435 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
14437 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
14440 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
14446 /***********************************************************************
14448 ***********************************************************************/
14450 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
14451 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
14452 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
14453 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
14455 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
14456 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
14457 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
14459 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
14460 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
14461 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
14462 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
14463 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
14464 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
14465 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
14467 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
14469 static int x_initialized
;
14471 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
14472 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
14473 the screen number from the server number. */
14475 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
14476 char *name1
, *name2
;
14478 int seen_colon
= 0;
14479 unsigned char *system_name
= XSTRING (Vsystem_name
)->data
;
14480 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
14481 int length_until_period
= 0;
14483 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
14484 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
14485 length_until_period
++;
14487 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
14488 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
14490 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
14492 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
14493 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
14494 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
14495 name1
+= system_name_length
;
14496 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
14497 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
14498 name2
+= system_name_length
;
14499 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
14500 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
14501 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
14502 name1
+= length_until_period
;
14503 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
14504 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
14505 name2
+= length_until_period
;
14507 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
14511 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
14515 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
14516 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
14520 struct x_display_info
*
14521 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
14522 Lisp_Object display_name
;
14524 char *resource_name
;
14528 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
14533 if (!x_initialized
)
14539 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
14540 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
14542 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
14543 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
14544 So let's not use it until R6. */
14545 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
14546 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
14557 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
14558 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
14560 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, XSTRING (display_name
)->data
,
14561 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
14562 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
14565 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
14566 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
14571 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
14573 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
14575 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (XSTRING (display_name
)->data
);
14576 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
14578 /* Detect failure. */
14585 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
14587 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
14588 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
14590 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
14592 struct x_display_info
*share
;
14595 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
14596 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
14597 if (same_x_server (XSTRING (XCAR (XCAR (tail
)))->data
,
14598 XSTRING (display_name
)->data
))
14601 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
14604 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
14605 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
14606 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
14608 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
14610 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
14611 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
14612 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
14616 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
14617 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
14618 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
14619 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
14620 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
14621 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
14622 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
14624 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
14628 /* Put this display on the chain. */
14629 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
14630 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
14632 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
14633 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
14634 x_display_name_list
);
14635 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
14637 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
14640 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
14644 = (char *) xmalloc (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (Vinvocation_name
))
14645 + STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (Vsystem_name
))
14647 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
14648 XSTRING (Vinvocation_name
)->data
, XSTRING (Vsystem_name
)->data
);
14650 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
14651 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
14653 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
14654 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
14655 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
14657 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
14658 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
14659 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
14660 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
14662 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
14664 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
14666 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
14668 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
14669 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
14670 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
14671 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
14672 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
14673 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
14674 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
14675 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
14676 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
14677 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
14678 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
14679 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
14680 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
14681 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
14682 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
14683 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
14684 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
14685 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
14686 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
14687 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
14688 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
14689 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
14690 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
14691 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
14692 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
14693 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
14694 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
14695 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
14696 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
14697 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
14698 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
14700 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
14701 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
14703 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
14706 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
14707 build_string ("privateColormap"),
14708 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
14710 if (STRINGP (value
)
14711 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
14712 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
14713 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
14717 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
14718 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
14721 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
14722 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
14723 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
14724 dpyinfo
->resy
= pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
14725 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
14726 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
14727 dpyinfo
->resx
= pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
14730 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
14731 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
14732 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
14733 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
14734 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
14735 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
14736 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
14737 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
14738 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
14739 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
14740 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
14741 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
14742 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
14743 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
14744 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
14745 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
14746 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
14747 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
14748 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
14749 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
14750 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
14751 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
14752 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
14753 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
14754 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
14755 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
14756 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
14757 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
14758 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
14759 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
14760 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
14761 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
14762 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
14763 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
14764 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
14765 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
14766 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
14767 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
14768 /* For properties of font. */
14769 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
14770 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
14771 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
14772 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
14773 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
14774 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
14775 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
14776 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
14778 /* Ghostscript support. */
14779 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
14780 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
14782 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
14785 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
14787 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
14788 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
14793 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
14795 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
14796 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
14797 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
14802 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
14803 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
14805 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
14807 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
14808 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
14812 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
14815 #ifdef subprocesses
14816 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
14817 if (connection
!= 0)
14818 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
14821 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
14823 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
14824 /* stdin is a socket here */
14825 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
14826 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
14827 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
14828 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
14829 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
14830 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
14833 if (interrupt_input
)
14834 init_sigio (connection
);
14835 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
14838 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
14839 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
14840 so that Xt does not crash. */
14842 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
14843 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
14847 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
14848 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
14849 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
14850 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
14851 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
14852 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
14853 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
14854 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
14856 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
14857 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
14858 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
14863 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
14864 for debugging X code. */
14867 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
14868 build_string ("synchronous"),
14869 build_string ("Synchronous"),
14871 if (STRINGP (value
)
14872 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
14873 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
14874 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
14882 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
14883 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
14886 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
14887 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
14889 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
14891 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
14892 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
14893 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
14894 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
14895 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
14900 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
14901 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
14903 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
14905 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
14908 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
14912 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
14913 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
14915 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
14916 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
14919 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
14921 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
14922 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
14923 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
14926 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
14927 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
14928 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
14931 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
14932 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
14933 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
14937 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
14940 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
14941 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
14942 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
14947 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
14949 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
14954 x_clear_end_of_line
,
14956 x_after_update_window_line
,
14957 x_update_window_begin
,
14958 x_update_window_end
,
14961 x_clear_mouse_face
,
14962 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
14963 x_fix_overlapping_area
14969 rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
14971 clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
14972 ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
14973 delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
14974 ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
14975 reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
14976 set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
14977 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
14978 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
14979 set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
14980 read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
14981 frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
14982 mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
14983 frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
14984 frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
14985 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
14986 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
14987 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
14988 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
14989 estimate_mode_line_height_hook
= x_estimate_mode_line_height
;
14991 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
14992 char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
14993 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
14994 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
14995 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
15000 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
15001 any_help_event_p
= 0;
15003 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
15004 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
15006 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
15007 XtToolkitInitialize ();
15009 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
15011 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
15012 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
15013 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
15014 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
15015 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
15016 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
15017 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
15019 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
15021 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
15022 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
15023 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
15024 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
15025 widgets don't behave normally. */
15027 EMACS_TIME interval
;
15028 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
15029 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
15033 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
15034 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
15035 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
15038 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
15039 original error handler. */
15040 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
15041 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
15043 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
15045 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
15046 #endif /* ! defined (SIGWINCH) */
15048 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
15055 staticpro (&x_error_message_string
);
15056 x_error_message_string
= Qnil
;
15058 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
15059 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
15061 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
15062 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
15064 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
15065 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
15067 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
15068 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
15071 staticpro (&help_echo
);
15072 help_echo_object
= Qnil
;
15073 staticpro (&help_echo_object
);
15074 help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
15075 staticpro (&help_echo_window
);
15076 previous_help_echo
= Qnil
;
15077 staticpro (&previous_help_echo
);
15078 help_echo_pos
= -1;
15080 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-autoselect-window", &x_autoselect_window_p
,
15081 doc
: /* *Non-nil means autoselect window with mouse pointer. */);
15082 x_autoselect_window_p
= 0;
15084 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-stretch-cursor", &x_stretch_cursor_p
,
15085 doc
: /* *Non-nil means draw block cursor as wide as the glyph under it.
15086 For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as
15087 wide as that tab on the display. */);
15088 x_stretch_cursor_p
= 0;
15090 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
15091 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
15092 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
15093 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
15094 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
15095 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
15096 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
15098 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
15099 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
15100 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
15101 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
15102 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
15104 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
15105 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
15106 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
15108 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
15111 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
15114 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
15115 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
15117 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
15118 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
15119 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
15120 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
15121 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
15122 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
15123 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
15124 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
15125 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
15127 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
15128 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
15129 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
15130 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
15131 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
15132 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
15134 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
15135 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
15136 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
15137 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
15138 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
15139 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
15141 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
15142 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
15143 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
15144 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
15145 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
15146 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
15148 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
15149 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
15150 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
15151 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
15152 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
15153 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
15157 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */